ASTContext.cpp revision c264e16a42b3f6c36521857a29ea0949d9781c22
15821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 25821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// 35821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 45821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// 55821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 65821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles)// 85821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 95821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// 105821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 115821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)// 125821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 135821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 145821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 155821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "CXXABI.h" 165821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 184e180b6a0b4720a9b8e9e959a882386f690f08ffTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 195821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 205821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 215821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 225821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 235821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 245821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 255821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 275821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 285821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 295821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 305821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 315821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 325821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 335821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 345821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 355821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 365821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 375821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 385821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)#include <map> 395821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 405821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)using namespace clang; 415821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 425821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 435821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 445821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 455821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 465821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 475821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 485821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 495821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 505821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 515821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 525821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 535821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 545821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 55a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles)enum FloatingRank { 565821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles)}; 585821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 595821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 615821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 625821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) CommentsLoaded = true; 635821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 645821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 655821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) assert(D); 66a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 675821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 685821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (D->isImplicit()) 695821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 705821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 715821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 725821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 735821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 745821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 755821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 765821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 775821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 785821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 795821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 805821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 815821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 825821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 83a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 845821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 855821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 865821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 875821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 885821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 895821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 905821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 915821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 925821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 935821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 94a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) } 95a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 965821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 975821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 985821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 995821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 1005821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 1015821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 1025821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 1035821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 1045821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 1055821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 106a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // documentation. 1075821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 1085821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 1095821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 1105821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 1115821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 1125821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 113a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 114a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 1155821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (RawComments.empty()) 1165821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 1175821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 1185821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Find declaration location. 1195821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 120a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 1215821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // location". 122a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 1235821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 1245821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) SourceLocation DeclLoc; 1255821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 1265821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 1275821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 128a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 129a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 130a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) else 1315821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 1325821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 1335821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 134a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // can't find the comment. 135a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 136a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 137a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 138a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 1395821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 1405821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) { 1415821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 1425821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 1435821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // first. 1445821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 1455821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 146a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 1475821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 1485821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 1495821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) MaybeBeforeDecl--; 1505821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 1515821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 1525821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 1535821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Found) { 154a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 1555821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 1565821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 1575821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } else { 1585821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Slow path. 1595821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 1605821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 1615821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 1625821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 1635821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 16446d4c2bc3267f3f028f39e7e311b0f89aba2e4fdTorne (Richard Coles) // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 16546d4c2bc3267f3f028f39e7e311b0f89aba2e4fdTorne (Richard Coles) // file buffer. 1665821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 1675821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 168a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 169a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 170a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 171a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 172a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 173a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 174a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 175a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 176a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 177a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 178a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 179a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 180a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) return *Comment; 181a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) } 182a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) } 183a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 184a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 185a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // Let's look at the previous comment. 186a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 187a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 188a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) --Comment; 189a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 190a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 191a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 192a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 193a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 194a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // Decompose the end of the comment. 195a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 196a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 197a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 198a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 199a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // aren't related. 200a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 201a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 202a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 2035821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Get the corresponding buffer. 2045821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) bool Invalid = false; 2055821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 2065821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) &Invalid).data(); 2075821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Invalid) 2085821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 2095821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2105821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 2115821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 2125821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 2135821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2145821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 2155821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // comment and declaration. 2165821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 2175821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 2185821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2195821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return *Comment; 2205821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)} 2215821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2225821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)namespace { 2235821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 224eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch/// refer to the actual template. 2255821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 226eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdochconst Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 2275821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 228eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 2295821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 2305821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return FTD; 2315821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2325821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 2335821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 2345821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return D; 2355821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2365821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 2375821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 2385821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return FTD; 239eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch 2405821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 241eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 2425821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 2435821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return MemberDecl; 2445821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2455821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return D; 2465821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 2475821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2485821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 2495821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // template? 2505821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 2515821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 2525821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return MemberDecl; 2535821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2545821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return D; 2555821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 2565821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 2575821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 2585821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 2595821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return CTD; 260a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 2615821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 2625821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // specialization? 2635821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 2645821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 2655821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 266eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch return D; 267eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 268eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 269eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 270eb525c5499e34cc9c4b825d6d9e75bb07cc06aceBen Murdoch return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 2715821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 2725821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) static_cast<const Decl*>( 2735821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 2745821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 2755821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 276a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 277a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 278a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 279a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 280a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 2815821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return D; 2825821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 283a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 284a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 285a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 286a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) return MemberDecl; 287a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 288a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) return D; 2895821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 2905821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 2915821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return D; 2925821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)} 2935821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)} // unnamed namespace 2945821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 2955821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 2965821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const Decl *D, 2975821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 2985821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 2995821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 3005821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 3015821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) { 3025821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 3035821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) RedeclComments.find(D); 3045821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 3055821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 3065821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 3075821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (OriginalDecl) 3085821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 3095821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return Raw.getRaw(); 3105821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 311a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) } 312a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) } 313a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) 314a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 315a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) const RawComment *RC = NULL; 316a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 317a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 318a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) E = D->redecls_end(); 3195821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) I != E; ++I) { 3205821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 3215821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) RedeclComments.find(*I); 3225821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 3235821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 3245821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 3255821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) RC = Raw.getRaw(); 3265821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 3275821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) break; 3285821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 3295821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } else { 3305821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 3315821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 3325821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 3335821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (RC) { 3345821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Raw.setRaw(RC); 335c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 3365821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } else 337c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 338c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 339c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 340c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) if (RC) 341c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) break; 342c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) } 343c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) } 344c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) 3455821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 3465821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 3475821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 3485821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (OriginalDecl) 3495821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 3505821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 3515821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 3525821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 3535821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Raw.setRaw(RC); 3545821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 3555821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 3565821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 3575821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 3585821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) E = D->redecls_end(); 3595821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) I != E; ++I) { 3605821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 361c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 3625821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) R = Raw; 363c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) } 364c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) 365c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) return RC; 366c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles)} 367c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) 368c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles)static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 369c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 370c2e0dbddbe15c98d52c4786dac06cb8952a8ae6dTorne (Richard Coles) const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 3715821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 3725821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 3735821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (!ID) 3745821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return; 3755821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) // Add redeclared method here. 3765821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 3775821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 3785821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 3795821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 3805821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 3815821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 3825821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 383a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 3845821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 385a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) } 386a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles)} 3875821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 3885821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 3895821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const Decl *D) const { 3905821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 3915821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 3925821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 3935821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 3945821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 3955821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) comments::FullComment *CFC = 3965821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 3975821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ThisDeclInfo); 3985821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return CFC; 3995821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 4005821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles)} 4015821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 402a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles)comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 4035821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const Decl *D, 4045821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const Preprocessor *PP) const { 4055821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 4065821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 4075821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 4085821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 4095821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 4105821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 4115821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 4125821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) if (Canonical != D) { 4135821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 4145821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 4155821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return CFC; 416a3f6a49ab37290eeeb8db0f41ec0f1cb74a68be7Torne (Richard Coles) } 4175821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) return Pos->second; 4185821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) } 4195821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 4205821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const Decl *OriginalDecl; 4215821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) 4225821806d5e7f356e8fa4b058a389a808ea183019Torne (Richard Coles) const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 423 if (!RC) { 424 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 425 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 426 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 427 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 428 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 429 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 430 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 431 if (OMD) 432 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 433 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 434 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 435 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 436 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 437 } 438 else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) { 439 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 440 // does not have one of its own. 441 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 442 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 443 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 444 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 445 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 446 } 447 return NULL; 448 } 449 450 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 451 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 452 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 453 // different across redeclarations. 454 if (D != OriginalDecl) 455 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 456 457 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 458 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 459 return FC; 460} 461 462void 463ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 464 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 465 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 466 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 467 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 468 469 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 470 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 471 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 472 PEnd = Params->end(); 473 P != PEnd; ++P) { 474 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 475 ID.AddInteger(0); 476 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 477 continue; 478 } 479 480 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 481 ID.AddInteger(1); 482 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 483 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 484 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 485 ID.AddBoolean(true); 486 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 487 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 488 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 489 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 490 } 491 } else 492 ID.AddBoolean(false); 493 continue; 494 } 495 496 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 497 ID.AddInteger(2); 498 Profile(ID, TTP); 499 } 500} 501 502TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 503ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 504 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 505 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 506 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 507 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 508 void *InsertPos = 0; 509 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 510 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 511 if (Canonical) 512 return Canonical->getParam(); 513 514 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 515 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 516 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 517 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 518 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 519 PEnd = Params->end(); 520 P != PEnd; ++P) { 521 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 522 CanonParams.push_back( 523 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 524 SourceLocation(), 525 SourceLocation(), 526 TTP->getDepth(), 527 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 528 TTP->isParameterPack())); 529 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 530 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 531 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 532 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 533 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 534 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 535 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 536 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 537 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 538 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 539 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 540 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 541 } 542 543 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 544 SourceLocation(), 545 SourceLocation(), 546 NTTP->getDepth(), 547 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 548 T, 549 TInfo, 550 ExpandedTypes.data(), 551 ExpandedTypes.size(), 552 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 553 } else { 554 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 555 SourceLocation(), 556 SourceLocation(), 557 NTTP->getDepth(), 558 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 559 T, 560 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 561 TInfo); 562 } 563 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 564 565 } else 566 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 567 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 568 } 569 570 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 571 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 572 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 573 TTP->getPosition(), 574 TTP->isParameterPack(), 575 0, 576 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 577 SourceLocation(), 578 CanonParams.data(), 579 CanonParams.size(), 580 SourceLocation())); 581 582 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 583 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 584 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 585 (void)Canonical; 586 587 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 588 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 589 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 590 return CanonTTP; 591} 592 593CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 594 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 595 596 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 597 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 598 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 599 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 600 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 601 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 602 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 603 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 604 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 605 } 606 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 607} 608 609static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 610 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 611 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 612 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 613 // language-specific address space. 614 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 615 1, // opencl_global 616 2, // opencl_local 617 3, // opencl_constant 618 4, // cuda_device 619 5, // cuda_constant 620 6 // cuda_shared 621 }; 622 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 623 } else { 624 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 625 } 626} 627 628ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 629 const TargetInfo *t, 630 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 631 Builtin::Context &builtins, 632 unsigned size_reserve, 633 bool DelayInitialization) 634 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 635 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 636 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 637 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 638 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 639 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 640 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 641 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 642 BOOLDecl(0), 643 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 644 FILEDecl(0), 645 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 646 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 647 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 648 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 649 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 650 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 651 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 652 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 653 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 654 DeclarationNames(*this), 655 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 656 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 657 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc), 658 LastSDM(0, 0), 659 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 660{ 661 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 662 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 663 664 if (!DelayInitialization) { 665 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 666 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 667 } 668} 669 670ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 671 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 672 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 673 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 674 675 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 676 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 677 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 678 679 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 680 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 681 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 682 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 683 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 684 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 685 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 686 R->Destroy(*this); 687 688 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 689 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 690 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 691 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 692 R->Destroy(*this); 693 } 694 695 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 696 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 697 A != AEnd; ++A) 698 A->second->~AttrVec(); 699} 700 701void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 702 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 703} 704 705void 706ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 707 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 708} 709 710void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 711 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 712 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 713 714 unsigned counts[] = { 715#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 716#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 717#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 718 0 // Extra 719 }; 720 721 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 722 Type *T = Types[i]; 723 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 724 } 725 726 unsigned Idx = 0; 727 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 728#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 729 if (counts[Idx]) \ 730 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 731 << " types\n"; \ 732 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 733 ++Idx; 734#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 735#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 736 737 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 738 739 // Implicit special member functions. 740 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 741 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 742 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 743 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 744 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 745 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 747 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 748 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 749 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 750 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 751 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 752 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 754 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 755 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 756 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 757 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 758 << NumImplicitDestructors 759 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 760 761 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 762 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 763 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 764 } 765 766 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 767} 768 769TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 770 if (!Int128Decl) { 771 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 772 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 773 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 774 SourceLocation(), 775 SourceLocation(), 776 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 777 TInfo); 778 } 779 780 return Int128Decl; 781} 782 783TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 784 if (!UInt128Decl) { 785 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 786 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 787 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 788 SourceLocation(), 789 SourceLocation(), 790 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 791 TInfo); 792 } 793 794 return UInt128Decl; 795} 796 797void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 798 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 799 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 800 Types.push_back(Ty); 801} 802 803void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 804 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 805 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 806 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 807 808 this->Target = &Target; 809 810 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 811 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 812 813 // C99 6.2.5p19. 814 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 815 816 // C99 6.2.5p2. 817 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 818 // C99 6.2.5p3. 819 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 820 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 821 else 822 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 823 // C99 6.2.5p4. 824 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 825 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 826 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 827 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 828 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 829 830 // C99 6.2.5p6. 831 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 832 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 833 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 834 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 835 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 836 837 // C99 6.2.5p10. 838 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 839 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 840 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 841 842 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 843 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 844 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 845 846 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 847 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 848 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 849 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 850 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 851 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) 852 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 853 854 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 855 856 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 857 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 858 else // C99 859 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 860 861 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 862 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 863 else // C99 864 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 865 866 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 867 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 868 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 869 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 870 // expressions. 871 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 872 873 // Placeholder type for functions. 874 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 875 876 // Placeholder type for bound members. 877 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 878 879 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 880 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 881 882 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 883 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 884 885 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 886 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 887 888 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 889 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 890 891 // C99 6.2.5p11. 892 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 893 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 894 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 895 896 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 897 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 898 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 899 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 900 901 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 902 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 903 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 904 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 905 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 906 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 907 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 908 909 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 910 } 911 912 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 913 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 914 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 915 916 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 917 918 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 919 920 // void * type 921 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 922 923 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 924 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 925 926 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 927 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 928 929 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 930 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 931} 932 933DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 934 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 935} 936 937AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 938 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 939 if (!Result) { 940 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 941 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 942 } 943 944 return *Result; 945} 946 947/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 948void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 949 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 950 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 951 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 952 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 953 } 954} 955 956MemberSpecializationInfo * 957ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 958 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 959 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 960 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 961 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 962 return 0; 963 964 return Pos->second; 965} 966 967void 968ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 969 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 970 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 971 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 972 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 973 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 974 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 975 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 976 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 977} 978 979FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 980 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 981 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 982 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 983 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 984 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 985 return 0; 986 987 return Pos->second; 988} 989 990void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 991 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 992 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 993 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 994 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 995} 996 997NamedDecl * 998ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 999 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1000 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1001 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1002 return 0; 1003 1004 return Pos->second; 1005} 1006 1007void 1008ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1009 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1010 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1011 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1012 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1013 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1014 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1015} 1016 1017UsingShadowDecl * 1018ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1019 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1020 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1021 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1022 return 0; 1023 1024 return Pos->second; 1025} 1026 1027void 1028ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1029 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1030 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1031 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1032} 1033 1034FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1035 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1036 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1037 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1038 return 0; 1039 1040 return Pos->second; 1041} 1042 1043void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1044 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1045 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1046 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1047 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1048 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1049 1050 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1051} 1052 1053bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1054 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1055 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1056 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1057} 1058 1059bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1060 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1061 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1062 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1063 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1064} 1065 1066bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1067 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1068 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1069 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1070 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1071} 1072 1073bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1074 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1075 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1076 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1077} 1078 1079bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1080 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1081 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1082 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1083} 1084 1085ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1086ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1087 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1088 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1089 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1090 return 0; 1091 1092 return Pos->second.begin(); 1093} 1094 1095ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1096ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1097 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1098 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1099 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1100 return 0; 1101 1102 return Pos->second.end(); 1103} 1104 1105unsigned 1106ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1107 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1108 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1109 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1110 return 0; 1111 1112 return Pos->second.size(); 1113} 1114 1115void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1116 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1117 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1118 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1119} 1120 1121void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1122 const NamedDecl *D, 1123 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1124 assert(D); 1125 1126 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1127 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(), 1128 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods()); 1129 return; 1130 } 1131 1132 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1133 if (!Method) 1134 return; 1135 1136 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1137 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1138 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1139} 1140 1141void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1142 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1143 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1144 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1145 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1146 LastLocalImport = Import; 1147 return; 1148 } 1149 1150 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1151 LastLocalImport = Import; 1152} 1153 1154//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1155// Type Sizing and Analysis 1156//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1157 1158/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1159/// scalar floating point type. 1160const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1161 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1162 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1163 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1164 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1165 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1166 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1167 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1168 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1169 } 1170} 1171 1172/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1173/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1174/// this method will assert on them. 1175/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1176/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1177CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1178 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1179 1180 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1181 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1182 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1183 1184 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1185 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1186 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1187 // 1188 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1189 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1190 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1191 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1192 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1193 } else { 1194 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1195 } 1196 } 1197 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1198 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1199 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1200 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1201 1202 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1203 // else about the declaration and its type. 1204 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1205 // do nothing 1206 1207 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1208 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1209 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1210 if (RefAsPointee) 1211 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1212 else 1213 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1214 } 1215 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1216 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1217 // large-array alignment on the target. 1218 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1219 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1220 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1221 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1222 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1223 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1224 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1225 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1226 1227 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1228 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1229 } 1230 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1231 } 1232 1233 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1234 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1235 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1236 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1237 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1238 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1239 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1240 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1241 1242 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1243 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1244 1245 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1246 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1247 if (offset > 0) { 1248 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1249 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1250 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1251 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1252 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1253 } 1254 1255 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1256 } 1257 } 1258 1259 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1260} 1261 1262// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1263// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1264// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1265// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1266std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1267ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1268 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1269 1270 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1271 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1272 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1273 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1274 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1275 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1276 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1277 } 1278 } 1279 1280 return sizeAndAlign; 1281} 1282 1283std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1284ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1285 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1286 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1287 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1288} 1289 1290std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1291ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1292 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1293} 1294 1295std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1296 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1297 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1298 return it->second; 1299 1300 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1301 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1302 return Info; 1303} 1304 1305/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1306/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1307/// 1308/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1309/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1310/// should take a QualType, &c. 1311std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1312ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1313 uint64_t Width=0; 1314 unsigned Align=8; 1315 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1316#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1317#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1318#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1319#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1320#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1321 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1322 1323 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1324 case Type::FunctionProto: 1325 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1326 Width = 0; 1327 Align = 32; 1328 break; 1329 1330 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1331 case Type::VariableArray: 1332 Width = 0; 1333 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1334 break; 1335 1336 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1337 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1338 1339 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1340 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1341 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1342 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1343 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1344 Align = EltInfo.second; 1345 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1346 break; 1347 } 1348 case Type::ExtVector: 1349 case Type::Vector: { 1350 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1351 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1352 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1353 Align = Width; 1354 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1355 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1356 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1357 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1358 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1359 } 1360 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1361 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1362 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1363 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1364 break; 1365 } 1366 1367 case Type::Builtin: 1368 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1369 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1370 case BuiltinType::Void: 1371 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1372 Width = 0; 1373 Align = 8; 1374 break; 1375 1376 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1377 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1378 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1379 break; 1380 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1381 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1382 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1383 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1384 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1385 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1386 break; 1387 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1388 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1389 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1390 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1391 break; 1392 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1393 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1394 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1395 break; 1396 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1397 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1398 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1399 break; 1400 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1401 case BuiltinType::Short: 1402 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1403 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1404 break; 1405 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1406 case BuiltinType::Int: 1407 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1408 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1409 break; 1410 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1411 case BuiltinType::Long: 1412 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1413 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1414 break; 1415 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1416 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1417 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1418 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1419 break; 1420 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1421 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1422 Width = 128; 1423 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1424 break; 1425 case BuiltinType::Half: 1426 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1427 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1428 break; 1429 case BuiltinType::Float: 1430 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1431 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1432 break; 1433 case BuiltinType::Double: 1434 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1435 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1436 break; 1437 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1438 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1439 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1440 break; 1441 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1442 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1443 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1444 break; 1445 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1446 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1447 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1448 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1449 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1450 break; 1451 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1452 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1453 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1454 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1455 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1456 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1457 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1458 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1459 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1460 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1461 break; 1462 } 1463 break; 1464 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1465 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1466 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1467 break; 1468 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1469 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1470 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1471 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1472 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1473 break; 1474 } 1475 case Type::LValueReference: 1476 case Type::RValueReference: { 1477 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1478 // the pointer route. 1479 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1480 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1481 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1482 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1483 break; 1484 } 1485 case Type::Pointer: { 1486 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1487 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1488 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1489 break; 1490 } 1491 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1492 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1493 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1494 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1495 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1496 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1497 break; 1498 } 1499 case Type::Complex: { 1500 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1501 // size. 1502 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1503 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1504 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1505 Align = EltInfo.second; 1506 break; 1507 } 1508 case Type::ObjCObject: 1509 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1510 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1511 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1512 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1513 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1514 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1515 break; 1516 } 1517 case Type::Record: 1518 case Type::Enum: { 1519 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1520 1521 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1522 Width = 8; 1523 Align = 8; 1524 break; 1525 } 1526 1527 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1528 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1529 1530 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1531 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1532 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1533 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1534 break; 1535 } 1536 1537 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1538 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1539 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1540 1541 case Type::Auto: { 1542 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1543 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1544 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1545 } 1546 1547 case Type::Paren: 1548 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1549 1550 case Type::Typedef: { 1551 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1552 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1553 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1554 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1555 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1556 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1557 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1558 Align = AttrAlign; 1559 else 1560 Align = Info.second; 1561 Width = Info.first; 1562 break; 1563 } 1564 1565 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1566 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1567 .getTypePtr()); 1568 1569 case Type::TypeOf: 1570 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1571 1572 case Type::Decltype: 1573 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1574 .getTypePtr()); 1575 1576 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1577 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1578 1579 case Type::Elaborated: 1580 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1581 1582 case Type::Attributed: 1583 return getTypeInfo( 1584 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1585 1586 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1587 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1588 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1589 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1590 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1591 // aligned attribute on it. 1592 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1593 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1594 else 1595 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1596 } 1597 1598 case Type::Atomic: { 1599 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1600 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1601 Width = Info.first; 1602 Align = Info.second; 1603 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1604 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1605 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1606 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1607 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1608 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1609 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1610 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1611 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1612 } 1613 } 1614 1615 } 1616 1617 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1618 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1619} 1620 1621/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1622CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1623 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1624} 1625 1626/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1627int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1628 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1629} 1630 1631/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1632/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1633CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1634 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1635} 1636CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1637 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1638} 1639 1640/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1641/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1642CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1643 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1644} 1645CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1646 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1647} 1648 1649/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1650/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1651/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1652/// a data type. 1653unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1654 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1655 1656 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1657 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1658 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1659 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1660 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1661 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1662 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1663 1664 return ABIAlign; 1665} 1666 1667/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1668/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1669/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1670/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1671/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1672/// 1673void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1674 bool leafClass, 1675 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1676 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1677 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1678 if (!leafClass) { 1679 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1680 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1681 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1682 } else { 1683 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1684 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1685 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1686 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1687 } 1688} 1689 1690/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1691/// those inherited by it. 1692void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1693 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1694 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1695 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1696 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1697 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1698 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1699 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1700 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1701 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1702 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1703 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1704 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1705 } 1706 } 1707 1708 // Categories of this Interface. 1709 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1710 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1711 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1712 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1713 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1714 } 1715 1716 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1717 while (SD) { 1718 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1719 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1720 } 1721 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1722 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1723 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1724 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1725 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1726 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1727 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1728 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1729 } 1730 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1731 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1732 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1733 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1734 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1735 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1736 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1737 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1738 } 1739 } 1740} 1741 1742unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1743 unsigned count = 0; 1744 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1745 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1746 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1747 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1748 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1749 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1750 } 1751 1752 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1753 // includes synthesized ivars. 1754 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1755 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1756 1757 return count; 1758} 1759 1760bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1761 if (!E) 1762 return false; 1763 1764 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1765 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1766 1767 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1768 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1769 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1770 return true; 1771 1772 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1773 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1774 1775 return false; 1776} 1777 1778/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1779ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1780 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1781 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1782 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1783 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1784 return 0; 1785} 1786/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1787ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1788 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1789 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1790 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1791 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1792 return 0; 1793} 1794 1795/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1796void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1797 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1798 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1799 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1800} 1801/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1802void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1803 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1804 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1805 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1806} 1807 1808ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1809 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1810 return ID; 1811 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1812 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1813 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1814 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1815 1816 return 0; 1817} 1818 1819/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1820/// none exists. 1821Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1822 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1823 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1824 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1825 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1826 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1827 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1828} 1829 1830/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1831void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1832 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1833 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1834 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1835 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1836} 1837 1838TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1839 unsigned DataSize) const { 1840 if (!DataSize) 1841 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1842 else 1843 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1844 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1845 1846 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1847 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1848 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1849 return TInfo; 1850} 1851 1852TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1853 SourceLocation L) const { 1854 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1855 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1856 return DI; 1857} 1858 1859const ASTRecordLayout & 1860ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1861 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1862} 1863 1864const ASTRecordLayout & 1865ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1866 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1867 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1868} 1869 1870//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1871// Type creation/memoization methods 1872//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1873 1874QualType 1875ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1876 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1877 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1878 1879 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1880 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1881 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1882 void *insertPos = 0; 1883 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1884 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1885 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1886 } 1887 1888 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1889 QualType canon; 1890 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1891 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1892 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1893 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1894 1895 // Re-find the insert position. 1896 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1897 } 1898 1899 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1900 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1901 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1902} 1903 1904QualType 1905ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1906 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1907 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1908 return T; 1909 1910 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1911 // into one ExtQuals node. 1912 QualifierCollector Quals; 1913 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1914 1915 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1916 // another one. 1917 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1918 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1919 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1920 1921 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1922} 1923 1924QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1925 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1926 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1927 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1928 return T; 1929 1930 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1931 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1932 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1933 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1934 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1935 } 1936 } 1937 1938 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1939 // into one ExtQuals node. 1940 QualifierCollector Quals; 1941 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1942 1943 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1944 // another one. 1945 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1946 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1947 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1948 1949 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1950} 1951 1952const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1953 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1954 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1955 return T; 1956 1957 QualType Result; 1958 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1959 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1960 } else { 1961 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1962 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1963 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1964 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1965 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1966 } 1967 1968 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1969} 1970 1971/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1972/// number with the specified element type. 1973QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1974 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1975 // structure. 1976 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1977 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1978 1979 void *InsertPos = 0; 1980 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1981 return QualType(CT, 0); 1982 1983 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1984 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1985 QualType Canonical; 1986 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1987 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1988 1989 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1990 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1991 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1992 } 1993 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1994 Types.push_back(New); 1995 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1996 return QualType(New, 0); 1997} 1998 1999/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2000/// the specified type. 2001QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2002 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2003 // structure. 2004 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2005 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2006 2007 void *InsertPos = 0; 2008 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2009 return QualType(PT, 0); 2010 2011 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2012 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2013 QualType Canonical; 2014 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2015 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2016 2017 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2018 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2019 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2020 } 2021 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2022 Types.push_back(New); 2023 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2024 return QualType(New, 0); 2025} 2026 2027/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2028/// a pointer to the specified block. 2029QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2030 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2031 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2032 // structure. 2033 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2034 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2035 2036 void *InsertPos = 0; 2037 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2038 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2039 return QualType(PT, 0); 2040 2041 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2042 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2043 QualType Canonical; 2044 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2045 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2046 2047 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2048 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2049 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2050 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2051 } 2052 BlockPointerType *New 2053 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2054 Types.push_back(New); 2055 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2056 return QualType(New, 0); 2057} 2058 2059/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2060/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2061QualType 2062ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2063 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2064 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2065 2066 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2067 // structure. 2068 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2069 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2070 2071 void *InsertPos = 0; 2072 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2073 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2074 return QualType(RT, 0); 2075 2076 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2077 2078 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2079 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2080 QualType Canonical; 2081 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2082 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2083 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2084 2085 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2086 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2087 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2088 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2089 } 2090 2091 LValueReferenceType *New 2092 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2093 SpelledAsLValue); 2094 Types.push_back(New); 2095 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2096 2097 return QualType(New, 0); 2098} 2099 2100/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2101/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2102QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2103 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2104 // structure. 2105 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2106 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2107 2108 void *InsertPos = 0; 2109 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2110 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2111 return QualType(RT, 0); 2112 2113 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2114 2115 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2116 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2117 QualType Canonical; 2118 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2119 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2120 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2121 2122 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2123 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2124 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2125 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2126 } 2127 2128 RValueReferenceType *New 2129 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2130 Types.push_back(New); 2131 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2132 return QualType(New, 0); 2133} 2134 2135/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2136/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2137QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2138 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2139 // structure. 2140 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2141 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2142 2143 void *InsertPos = 0; 2144 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2145 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2146 return QualType(PT, 0); 2147 2148 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2149 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2150 QualType Canonical; 2151 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2152 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2153 2154 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2155 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2156 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2157 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2158 } 2159 MemberPointerType *New 2160 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2161 Types.push_back(New); 2162 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2163 return QualType(New, 0); 2164} 2165 2166/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2167/// array of the specified element type. 2168QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2169 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2170 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2171 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2172 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2173 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2174 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2175 2176 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2177 // the target. 2178 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2179 ArySize = 2180 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2181 2182 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2183 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2184 2185 void *InsertPos = 0; 2186 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2187 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2188 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2189 2190 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2191 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2192 QualType Canon; 2193 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2194 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2195 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2196 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2197 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2198 2199 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2200 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2201 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2202 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2203 } 2204 2205 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2206 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2207 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2208 Types.push_back(New); 2209 return QualType(New, 0); 2210} 2211 2212/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2213/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2214/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2215QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2216 // Vastly most common case. 2217 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2218 2219 QualType result; 2220 2221 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2222 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2223 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2224#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2225#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2226#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2227#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2228 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2229 2230 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2231 case Type::Builtin: 2232 case Type::Complex: 2233 case Type::Vector: 2234 case Type::ExtVector: 2235 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2236 case Type::ObjCObject: 2237 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2238 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2239 case Type::Record: 2240 case Type::Enum: 2241 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2242 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2243 case Type::TypeOf: 2244 case Type::Decltype: 2245 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2246 case Type::DependentName: 2247 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2248 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2249 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2250 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2251 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2252 case Type::Auto: 2253 case Type::PackExpansion: 2254 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2255 2256 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2257 // further decay. 2258 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2259 case Type::FunctionProto: 2260 case Type::BlockPointer: 2261 case Type::MemberPointer: 2262 return type; 2263 2264 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2265 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2266 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2267 // optimizations available here. 2268 case Type::Pointer: 2269 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2270 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2271 break; 2272 2273 case Type::LValueReference: { 2274 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2275 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2276 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2277 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2278 break; 2279 } 2280 2281 case Type::RValueReference: { 2282 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2283 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2284 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2285 break; 2286 } 2287 2288 case Type::Atomic: { 2289 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2290 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2291 break; 2292 } 2293 2294 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2295 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2296 result = getConstantArrayType( 2297 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2298 cat->getSize(), 2299 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2300 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2301 break; 2302 } 2303 2304 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2305 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2306 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2307 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2308 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2309 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2310 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2311 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2312 break; 2313 } 2314 2315 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2316 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2317 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2318 result = getVariableArrayType( 2319 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2320 /*size*/ 0, 2321 ArrayType::Normal, 2322 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2323 SourceRange()); 2324 break; 2325 } 2326 2327 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2328 case Type::VariableArray: { 2329 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2330 result = getVariableArrayType( 2331 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2332 /*size*/ 0, 2333 ArrayType::Star, 2334 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2335 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2336 break; 2337 } 2338 } 2339 2340 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2341 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2342} 2343 2344/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2345/// variable array of the specified element type. 2346QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2347 Expr *NumElts, 2348 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2349 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2350 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2351 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2352 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2353 QualType Canon; 2354 2355 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2356 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2357 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2358 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2359 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2360 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2361 } 2362 2363 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2364 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2365 2366 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2367 Types.push_back(New); 2368 return QualType(New, 0); 2369} 2370 2371/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2372/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2373/// type. 2374QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2375 Expr *numElements, 2376 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2377 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2378 SourceRange brackets) const { 2379 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2380 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2381 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2382 2383 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2384 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2385 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2386 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2387 if (!numElements) { 2388 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2389 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2390 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2391 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2392 brackets); 2393 Types.push_back(newType); 2394 return QualType(newType, 0); 2395 } 2396 2397 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2398 // also build a canonical type. 2399 2400 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2401 2402 void *insertPos = 0; 2403 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2404 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2405 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2406 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2407 2408 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2409 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2410 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2411 2412 // If we don't have one, build one. 2413 if (!canonTy) { 2414 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2415 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2416 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2417 brackets); 2418 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2419 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2420 } 2421 2422 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2423 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2424 canonElementType.Quals); 2425 2426 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2427 // then just use that as our result. 2428 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2429 return canon; 2430 2431 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2432 // of the element type. 2433 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2434 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2435 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2436 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2437 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2438 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2439} 2440 2441QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2442 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2443 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2444 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2445 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2446 2447 void *insertPos = 0; 2448 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2449 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2450 return QualType(iat, 0); 2451 2452 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2453 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2454 // qualifiers off the element type. 2455 QualType canon; 2456 2457 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2458 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2459 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2460 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2461 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2462 2463 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2464 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2465 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2466 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2467 } 2468 2469 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2470 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2471 2472 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2473 Types.push_back(newType); 2474 return QualType(newType, 0); 2475} 2476 2477/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2478/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2479QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2480 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2481 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2482 2483 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2484 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2485 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2486 2487 void *InsertPos = 0; 2488 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2489 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2490 2491 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2492 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2493 QualType Canonical; 2494 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2495 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2496 2497 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2498 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2499 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2500 } 2501 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2502 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2503 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2504 Types.push_back(New); 2505 return QualType(New, 0); 2506} 2507 2508/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2509/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2510QualType 2511ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2512 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2513 2514 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2515 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2516 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2517 VectorType::GenericVector); 2518 void *InsertPos = 0; 2519 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2520 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2521 2522 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2523 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2524 QualType Canonical; 2525 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2526 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2527 2528 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2529 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2530 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2531 } 2532 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2533 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2534 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2535 Types.push_back(New); 2536 return QualType(New, 0); 2537} 2538 2539QualType 2540ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2541 Expr *SizeExpr, 2542 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2543 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2544 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2545 SizeExpr); 2546 2547 void *InsertPos = 0; 2548 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2549 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2550 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2551 if (Canon) { 2552 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2553 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2554 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2555 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2556 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2557 } else { 2558 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2559 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2560 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2561 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2562 AttrLoc); 2563 2564 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2565 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2566 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2567 (void)CanonCheck; 2568 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2569 } else { 2570 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2571 SourceLocation()); 2572 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2573 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2574 } 2575 } 2576 2577 Types.push_back(New); 2578 return QualType(New, 0); 2579} 2580 2581/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2582/// 2583QualType 2584ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2585 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2586 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2587 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2588 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2589 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2590 // structure. 2591 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2592 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2593 2594 void *InsertPos = 0; 2595 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2596 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2597 return QualType(FT, 0); 2598 2599 QualType Canonical; 2600 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2601 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2602 Canonical = 2603 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2604 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2605 2606 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2607 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2608 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2609 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2610 } 2611 2612 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2613 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2614 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2615 Types.push_back(New); 2616 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2617 return QualType(New, 0); 2618} 2619 2620/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2621static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2622 return T.isCanonical() && 2623 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2624 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2625} 2626 2627/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2628/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2629QualType 2630ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2631 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2632 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2633 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2634 // structure. 2635 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2636 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2637 2638 void *InsertPos = 0; 2639 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2640 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2641 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2642 2643 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2644 bool isCanonical = 2645 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2646 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2647 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2648 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2649 isCanonical = false; 2650 2651 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2652 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2653 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2654 2655 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2656 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2657 QualType Canonical; 2658 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2659 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2660 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2661 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2662 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2663 2664 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2665 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2666 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2667 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2668 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2669 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2670 2671 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2672 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2673 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2674 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2675 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2676 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2677 } 2678 2679 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, 2680 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2681 CanonicalEPI); 2682 2683 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2684 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2685 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2686 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2687 } 2688 2689 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2690 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2691 // - parameter types 2692 // - exception types 2693 // - consumed-arguments flags 2694 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2695 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2696 // specification. 2697 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2698 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2699 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2700 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2701 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2702 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2703 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2704 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2705 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2706 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2707 } 2708 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2709 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2710 2711 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2712 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2713 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2714 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2715 Types.push_back(FTP); 2716 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2717 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2718} 2719 2720#ifndef NDEBUG 2721static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2722 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2723 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2724 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2725 return true; 2726 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2727 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2728 return true; 2729 return false; 2730} 2731#endif 2732 2733/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2734/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2735QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2736 QualType TST) const { 2737 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2738 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2739 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2740 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2741 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2742 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2743 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2744 } else { 2745 Type *newType = 2746 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2747 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2748 Types.push_back(newType); 2749 } 2750 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2751} 2752 2753/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2754/// specified type declaration. 2755QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2756 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2757 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2758 2759 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2760 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2761 2762 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2763 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2764 2765 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2766 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2767 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2768 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2769 return getRecordType(Record); 2770 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2771 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2772 "enum has previous declaration"); 2773 return getEnumType(Enum); 2774 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2775 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2776 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2777 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2778 Types.push_back(newType); 2779 } else 2780 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2781 2782 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2783} 2784 2785/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2786/// specified typedef name decl. 2787QualType 2788ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2789 QualType Canonical) const { 2790 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2791 2792 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2793 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2794 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2795 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2796 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2797 Types.push_back(newType); 2798 return QualType(newType, 0); 2799} 2800 2801QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2802 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2803 2804 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2805 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2806 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2807 2808 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2809 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2810 Types.push_back(newType); 2811 return QualType(newType, 0); 2812} 2813 2814QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2815 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2816 2817 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2818 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2819 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2820 2821 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2822 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2823 Types.push_back(newType); 2824 return QualType(newType, 0); 2825} 2826 2827QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2828 QualType modifiedType, 2829 QualType equivalentType) { 2830 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2831 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2832 2833 void *insertPos = 0; 2834 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2835 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2836 2837 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2838 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2839 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2840 2841 Types.push_back(type); 2842 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2843 2844 return QualType(type, 0); 2845} 2846 2847 2848/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2849QualType 2850ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2851 QualType Replacement) const { 2852 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2853 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2854 2855 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2856 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2857 void *InsertPos = 0; 2858 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2859 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2860 2861 if (!SubstParm) { 2862 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2863 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2864 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2865 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2866 } 2867 2868 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2869} 2870 2871/// \brief Retrieve a 2872QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2873 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2874 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2875#ifndef NDEBUG 2876 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2877 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2878 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2879 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2880 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2881 } 2882#endif 2883 2884 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2885 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2886 void *InsertPos = 0; 2887 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2888 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2889 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2890 2891 QualType Canon; 2892 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2893 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2894 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2895 ArgPack); 2896 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2897 } 2898 2899 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2900 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2901 ArgPack); 2902 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2903 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2904 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2905} 2906 2907/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2908/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2909/// name. 2910QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2911 bool ParameterPack, 2912 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2913 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2914 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2915 void *InsertPos = 0; 2916 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2917 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2918 2919 if (TypeParm) 2920 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2921 2922 if (TTPDecl) { 2923 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2924 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2925 2926 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2927 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2928 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2929 (void)TypeCheck; 2930 } else 2931 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2932 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2933 2934 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2935 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2936 2937 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2938} 2939 2940TypeSourceInfo * 2941ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2942 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2943 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2944 QualType Underlying) const { 2945 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2946 "No dependent template names here!"); 2947 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2948 2949 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2950 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2951 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2952 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2953 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2954 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2955 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2956 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2957 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2958 return DI; 2959} 2960 2961QualType 2962ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2963 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2964 QualType Underlying) const { 2965 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2966 "No dependent template names here!"); 2967 2968 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2969 2970 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2971 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2972 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2973 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2974 2975 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2976 Underlying); 2977} 2978 2979#ifndef NDEBUG 2980static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2981 unsigned NumArgs) { 2982 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2983 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2984 return true; 2985 2986 return true; 2987} 2988#endif 2989 2990QualType 2991ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2992 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2993 unsigned NumArgs, 2994 QualType Underlying) const { 2995 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2996 "No dependent template names here!"); 2997 // Look through qualified template names. 2998 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2999 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3000 3001 bool IsTypeAlias = 3002 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3003 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3004 QualType CanonType; 3005 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3006 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3007 else { 3008 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3009 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3010 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3011 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3012 IsTypeAlias = false; 3013 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3014 NumArgs); 3015 } 3016 3017 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3018 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3019 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3020 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3021 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3022 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3023 TypeAlignment); 3024 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3025 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3026 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3027 3028 Types.push_back(Spec); 3029 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3030} 3031 3032QualType 3033ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3034 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3035 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3036 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3037 "No dependent template names here!"); 3038 3039 // Look through qualified template names. 3040 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3041 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3042 3043 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3044 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3045 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3046 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3047 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3048 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3049 3050 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3051 // exists. 3052 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3053 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3054 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3055 3056 void *InsertPos = 0; 3057 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3058 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3059 3060 if (!Spec) { 3061 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3062 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3063 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3064 TypeAlignment); 3065 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3066 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3067 QualType(), QualType()); 3068 Types.push_back(Spec); 3069 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3070 } 3071 3072 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3073 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3074 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3075} 3076 3077QualType 3078ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3079 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3080 QualType NamedType) const { 3081 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3082 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3083 3084 void *InsertPos = 0; 3085 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3086 if (T) 3087 return QualType(T, 0); 3088 3089 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3090 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3091 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3092 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3093 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3094 (void)CheckT; 3095 } 3096 3097 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3098 Types.push_back(T); 3099 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3100 return QualType(T, 0); 3101} 3102 3103QualType 3104ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3105 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3106 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3107 3108 void *InsertPos = 0; 3109 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3110 if (T) 3111 return QualType(T, 0); 3112 3113 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3114 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3115 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3116 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3117 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3118 (void)CheckT; 3119 } 3120 3121 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3122 Types.push_back(T); 3123 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3124 return QualType(T, 0); 3125} 3126 3127QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3128 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3129 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3130 QualType Canon) const { 3131 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3132 3133 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3134 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3135 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3136 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3137 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3138 3139 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3140 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3141 } 3142 3143 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3144 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3145 3146 void *InsertPos = 0; 3147 DependentNameType *T 3148 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3149 if (T) 3150 return QualType(T, 0); 3151 3152 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3153 Types.push_back(T); 3154 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3155 return QualType(T, 0); 3156} 3157 3158QualType 3159ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3160 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3161 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3162 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3163 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3164 // TODO: avoid this copy 3165 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3166 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3167 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3168 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3169 ArgCopy.size(), 3170 ArgCopy.data()); 3171} 3172 3173QualType 3174ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3175 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3176 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3177 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3178 unsigned NumArgs, 3179 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3180 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3181 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3182 3183 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3184 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3185 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3186 3187 void *InsertPos = 0; 3188 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3189 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3190 if (T) 3191 return QualType(T, 0); 3192 3193 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3194 3195 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3196 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3197 3198 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3199 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3200 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3201 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3202 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3203 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3204 } 3205 3206 QualType Canon; 3207 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3208 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3209 Name, NumArgs, 3210 CanonArgs.data()); 3211 3212 // Find the insert position again. 3213 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3214 } 3215 3216 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3217 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3218 TypeAlignment); 3219 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3220 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3221 Types.push_back(T); 3222 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3223 return QualType(T, 0); 3224} 3225 3226QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3227 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3228 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3229 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3230 3231 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3232 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3233 void *InsertPos = 0; 3234 PackExpansionType *T 3235 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3236 if (T) 3237 return QualType(T, 0); 3238 3239 QualType Canon; 3240 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3241 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3242 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3243 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3244 // parameters. 3245 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3246 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3247 3248 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3249 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3250 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3251 } 3252 } 3253 3254 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3255 Types.push_back(T); 3256 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3257 return QualType(T, 0); 3258} 3259 3260/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3261/// alphabetically. 3262static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3263 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3264 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3265} 3266 3267static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3268 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3269 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3270 3271 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3272 return false; 3273 3274 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3275 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3276 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3277 return false; 3278 return true; 3279} 3280 3281static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3282 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3283 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3284 3285 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3286 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3287 3288 // Canonicalize. 3289 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3290 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3291 3292 // Remove duplicates. 3293 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3294 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3295} 3296 3297QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3298 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3299 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3300 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3301 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3302 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3303 return BaseType; 3304 3305 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3306 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3307 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3308 void *InsertPos = 0; 3309 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3310 return QualType(QT, 0); 3311 3312 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3313 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3314 QualType Canonical; 3315 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3316 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3317 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3318 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3319 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3320 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3321 3322 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3323 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3324 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3325 } else { 3326 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3327 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3328 } 3329 3330 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3331 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3332 } 3333 3334 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3335 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3336 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3337 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3338 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3339 3340 Types.push_back(T); 3341 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3342 return QualType(T, 0); 3343} 3344 3345/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3346/// the given object type. 3347QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3348 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3349 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3350 3351 void *InsertPos = 0; 3352 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3353 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3354 return QualType(QT, 0); 3355 3356 // Find the canonical object type. 3357 QualType Canonical; 3358 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3359 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3360 3361 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3362 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3363 } 3364 3365 // No match. 3366 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3367 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3368 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3369 3370 Types.push_back(QType); 3371 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3372 return QualType(QType, 0); 3373} 3374 3375/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3376/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3377QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3378 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3379 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3380 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3381 3382 if (PrevDecl) { 3383 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3384 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3385 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3386 } 3387 3388 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3389 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3390 Decl = Def; 3391 3392 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3393 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3394 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3395 Types.push_back(T); 3396 return QualType(T, 0); 3397} 3398 3399/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3400/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3401/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3402/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3403/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3404QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3405 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3406 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3407 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3408 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3409 3410 void *InsertPos = 0; 3411 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3412 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3413 if (Canon) { 3414 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3415 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3416 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3417 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3418 } else { 3419 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3420 Canon 3421 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3422 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3423 toe = Canon; 3424 } 3425 } else { 3426 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3427 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3428 } 3429 Types.push_back(toe); 3430 return QualType(toe, 0); 3431} 3432 3433/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3434/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3435/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3436/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3437/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3438QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3439 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3440 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3441 Types.push_back(tot); 3442 return QualType(tot, 0); 3443} 3444 3445 3446/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3447/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3448/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3449/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3450/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3451QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3452 DecltypeType *dt; 3453 3454 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3455 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3456 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3457 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3458 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3459 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3460 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3461 3462 void *InsertPos = 0; 3463 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3464 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3465 if (Canon) { 3466 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3467 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3468 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3469 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3470 } else { 3471 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3472 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3473 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3474 dt = Canon; 3475 } 3476 } else { 3477 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3478 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3479 } 3480 Types.push_back(dt); 3481 return QualType(dt, 0); 3482} 3483 3484/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3485/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3486QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3487 QualType UnderlyingType, 3488 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3489 const { 3490 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3491 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3492 Kind, 3493 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3494 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3495 Types.push_back(Ty); 3496 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3497} 3498 3499/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3500QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3501 void *InsertPos = 0; 3502 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3503 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3504 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3505 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3506 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3507 return QualType(AT, 0); 3508 } 3509 3510 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3511 Types.push_back(AT); 3512 if (InsertPos) 3513 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3514 return QualType(AT, 0); 3515} 3516 3517/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3518/// the given value type. 3519QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3520 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3521 // structure. 3522 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3523 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3524 3525 void *InsertPos = 0; 3526 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3527 return QualType(AT, 0); 3528 3529 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3530 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3531 QualType Canonical; 3532 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3533 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3534 3535 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3536 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3537 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3538 } 3539 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3540 Types.push_back(New); 3541 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3542 return QualType(New, 0); 3543} 3544 3545/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3546QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3547 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3548 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3549 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3550 return AutoDeductTy; 3551} 3552 3553/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3554QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3555 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3556 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3557 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3558 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3559} 3560 3561/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3562/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3563QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3564 assert (Decl); 3565 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3566 // away const? mutable? 3567 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3568} 3569 3570/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3571/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3572/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3573CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3574 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3575} 3576 3577/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3578CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3579 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3580} 3581 3582/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3583CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3584 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3585} 3586 3587/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3588/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3589QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3590 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3591 return WCharTy; 3592} 3593 3594/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3595/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3596QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3597 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3598 return UnsignedIntTy; 3599} 3600 3601QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3602 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3603} 3604 3605QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3606 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3607} 3608 3609/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3610/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3611QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3612 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3613} 3614 3615/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3616/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3617QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3618 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3619} 3620 3621//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3622// Type Operators 3623//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3624 3625CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3626 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3627 // qualifiers. 3628 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3629 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3630 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3631 QualType Result; 3632 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3633 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3634 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3635 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3636 } else { 3637 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3638 } 3639 3640 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3641} 3642 3643QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3644 Qualifiers &quals) { 3645 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3646 3647 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3648 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3649 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3650 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3651 const ArrayType *AT = 3652 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3653 3654 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3655 if (!AT) { 3656 quals = splitType.Quals; 3657 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3658 } 3659 3660 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3661 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3662 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3663 3664 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3665 // can just use the results in splitType. 3666 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3667 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3668 quals = splitType.Quals; 3669 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3670 } 3671 3672 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3673 // build the type back up. 3674 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3675 3676 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3677 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3678 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3679 } 3680 3681 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3682 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3683 } 3684 3685 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3686 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3687 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3688 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3689 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3690 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3691 } 3692 3693 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3694 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3695 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3696 SourceRange()); 3697} 3698 3699/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3700/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3701/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3702/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3703/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3704/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3705/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3706/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3707bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3708 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3709 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3710 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3711 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3712 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3713 return true; 3714 } 3715 3716 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3717 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3718 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3719 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3720 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3721 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3722 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3723 return true; 3724 } 3725 3726 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3727 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3728 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3729 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3730 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3731 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3732 return true; 3733 } 3734 } 3735 3736 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3737 3738 return false; 3739} 3740 3741DeclarationNameInfo 3742ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3743 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3744 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3745 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3746 case TemplateName::Template: 3747 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3748 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3749 NameLoc); 3750 3751 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3752 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3753 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3754 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3755 } 3756 3757 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3758 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3759 DeclarationName DName; 3760 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3761 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3762 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3763 } else { 3764 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3765 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3766 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3767 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3768 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3769 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3770 } 3771 } 3772 3773 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3774 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3775 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3776 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3777 NameLoc); 3778 } 3779 3780 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3781 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3782 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3783 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3784 NameLoc); 3785 } 3786 } 3787 3788 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3789} 3790 3791TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3792 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3793 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3794 case TemplateName::Template: { 3795 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3796 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3797 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3798 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3799 3800 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3801 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3802 } 3803 3804 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3805 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3806 3807 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3808 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3809 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3810 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3811 } 3812 3813 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3814 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3815 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3816 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3817 } 3818 3819 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3820 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3821 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3822 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3823 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3824 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3825 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3826 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3827 } 3828 } 3829 3830 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3831} 3832 3833bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3834 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3835 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3836 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3837} 3838 3839TemplateArgument 3840ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3841 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3842 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3843 return Arg; 3844 3845 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3846 return Arg; 3847 3848 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3849 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3850 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3851 } 3852 3853 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3854 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3855 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3856 3857 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3858 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3859 3860 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3861 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3862 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3863 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3864 3865 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3866 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3867 3868 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3869 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3870 3871 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3872 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3873 return Arg; 3874 3875 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3876 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3877 unsigned Idx = 0; 3878 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3879 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3880 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3881 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3882 3883 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3884 } 3885 } 3886 3887 // Silence GCC warning 3888 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3889} 3890 3891NestedNameSpecifier * 3892ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3893 if (!NNS) 3894 return 0; 3895 3896 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3897 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3898 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3899 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3900 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3901 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3902 3903 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3904 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3905 // this namespace and no prefix. 3906 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3907 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3908 3909 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3910 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3911 // this namespace and no prefix. 3912 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3913 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3914 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3915 3916 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3917 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3918 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3919 3920 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3921 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3922 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3923 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3924 // types, e.g., 3925 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3926 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3927 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3928 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3929 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3930 3931 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3932 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3933 // first place? 3934 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3935 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3936 } 3937 3938 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3939 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3940 return NNS; 3941 } 3942 3943 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3944} 3945 3946 3947const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3948 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3949 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3950 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3951 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3952 return AT; 3953 } 3954 3955 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3956 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3957 return 0; 3958 3959 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3960 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3961 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3962 3963 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3964 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3965 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3966 3967 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3968 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3969 3970 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3971 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3972 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3973 return ATy; 3974 3975 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3976 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3977 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3978 3979 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3980 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3981 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3982 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3983 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3984 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3985 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3986 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3987 3988 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3989 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3990 return cast<ArrayType>( 3991 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3992 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3993 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3994 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3995 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3996 3997 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3998 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3999 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4000 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4001 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4002 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4003} 4004 4005QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4006 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4007 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4008 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4009 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4010 // the array type derivation. 4011 if (T->isArrayType()) 4012 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4013 4014 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4015 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4016 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4017 // in 6.3.2.1. 4018 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4019 return getPointerType(T); 4020 4021 return T; 4022} 4023 4024QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4025 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4026 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4027 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4028} 4029 4030/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4031/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4032/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4033/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4034/// 4035/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4036QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4037 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4038 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4039 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4040 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4041 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4042 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4043 4044 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4045 4046 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4047 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4048} 4049 4050QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4051 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4052} 4053 4054QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4055 Qualifiers qs; 4056 while (true) { 4057 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4058 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4059 if (!array) break; 4060 4061 type = array->getElementType(); 4062 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4063 } 4064 4065 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4066} 4067 4068/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4069uint64_t 4070ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4071 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4072 do { 4073 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4074 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4075 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4076 } while (CA); 4077 return ElementCount; 4078} 4079 4080/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4081/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4082static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4083 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4084 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4085 4086 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4087 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4088 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4089 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4090 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4091 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4092 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4093 } 4094} 4095 4096/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4097/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4098/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4099/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4100QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4101 QualType Domain) const { 4102 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4103 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4104 switch (EltRank) { 4105 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4106 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4107 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4108 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4109 } 4110 } 4111 4112 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4113 switch (EltRank) { 4114 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4115 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4116 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4117 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4118 } 4119 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4120} 4121 4122/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4123/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4124/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4125/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4126int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4127 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4128 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4129 4130 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4131 return 0; 4132 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4133 return 1; 4134 return -1; 4135} 4136 4137/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4138/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4139/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4140unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4141 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4142 4143 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4144 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4145 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4146 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4147 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4148 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4149 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4150 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4151 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4152 case BuiltinType::Short: 4153 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4154 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4155 case BuiltinType::Int: 4156 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4157 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4158 case BuiltinType::Long: 4159 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4160 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4161 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4162 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4163 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4164 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4165 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4166 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4167 } 4168} 4169 4170/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4171/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4172/// 4173/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4174/// promotion occurs. 4175QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4176 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4177 return QualType(); 4178 4179 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4180 if (!Field) 4181 return QualType(); 4182 4183 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4184 4185 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4186 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4187 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4188 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4189 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4190 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4191 return IntTy; 4192 4193 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4194 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4195 4196 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4197 // like the base type. 4198 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4199 // is ridiculous. 4200 return QualType(); 4201} 4202 4203/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4204/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4205/// integer type. 4206QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4207 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4208 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4209 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4210 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4211 4212 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4213 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4214 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4215 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4216 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4217 // unsigned long long int [...] 4218 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4219 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4220 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4221 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4222 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4223 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4224 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4225 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4226 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4227 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4228 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4229 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4230 (FromSize == ToSize && 4231 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4232 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4233 } 4234 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4235 } 4236 } 4237 4238 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4239 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4240 return IntTy; 4241 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4242 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4243 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4244 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4245} 4246 4247/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4248/// type and returns its ownership. 4249Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4250 while (!T.isNull()) { 4251 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4252 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4253 if (T->isArrayType()) 4254 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4255 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4256 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4257 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4258 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4259 else 4260 break; 4261 } 4262 4263 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4264} 4265 4266/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4267/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4268/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4269int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4270 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4271 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4272 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4273 4274 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4275 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4276 4277 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4278 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4279 4280 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4281 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4282 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4283 } 4284 4285 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4286 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4287 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4288 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4289 return 1; 4290 4291 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4292 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4293 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4294 return -1; 4295 } 4296 4297 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4298 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4299 return -1; 4300 4301 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4302 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4303 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4304 return 1; 4305} 4306 4307static RecordDecl * 4308CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4309 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4310 SourceLocation Loc; 4311 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4312 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4313 else 4314 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4315} 4316 4317// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4318QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4319 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4320 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4321 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4322 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4323 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4324 4325 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4326 4327 // const int *isa; 4328 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4329 // int flags; 4330 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4331 // const char *str; 4332 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4333 // long length; 4334 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4335 4336 // Create fields 4337 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4338 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4339 SourceLocation(), 4340 SourceLocation(), 0, 4341 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4342 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4343 /*Mutable=*/false, 4344 ICIS_NoInit); 4345 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4346 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4347 } 4348 4349 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4350 } 4351 4352 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4353} 4354 4355QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4356 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4357 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4358 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4359 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4360 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4361 } 4362 return ObjCSuperType; 4363} 4364 4365void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4366 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4367 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4368 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4369} 4370 4371QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4372 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4373 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4374 4375 RecordDecl *T; 4376 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4377 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4378 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4379 T->startDefinition(); 4380 4381 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4382 UnsignedLongTy, 4383 UnsignedLongTy, 4384 }; 4385 4386 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4387 "reserved", 4388 "Size" 4389 }; 4390 4391 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4392 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4393 SourceLocation(), 4394 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4395 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4396 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4397 /*Mutable=*/false, 4398 ICIS_NoInit); 4399 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4400 T->addDecl(Field); 4401 } 4402 4403 T->completeDefinition(); 4404 4405 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4406 4407 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4408} 4409 4410QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4411 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4412 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4413 4414 RecordDecl *T; 4415 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4416 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4417 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4418 T->startDefinition(); 4419 4420 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4421 UnsignedLongTy, 4422 UnsignedLongTy, 4423 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4424 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4425 }; 4426 4427 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4428 "reserved", 4429 "Size", 4430 "CopyFuncPtr", 4431 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4432 }; 4433 4434 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4435 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4436 SourceLocation(), 4437 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4438 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4439 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4440 /*Mutable=*/false, 4441 ICIS_NoInit); 4442 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4443 T->addDecl(Field); 4444 } 4445 4446 T->completeDefinition(); 4447 4448 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4449 4450 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4451} 4452 4453/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4454/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4455/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4456bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4457 const VarDecl *D) { 4458 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4459 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4460 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4461 4462 return true; 4463 } 4464 4465 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4466 4467 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4468 4469 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4470 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4471 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4472 4473 switch (lifetime) { 4474 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4475 4476 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4477 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4478 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4479 return false; 4480 4481 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4482 // byref routines. 4483 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4484 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4485 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4486 return true; 4487 } 4488 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4489 } 4490 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4491 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4492} 4493 4494bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4495 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4496 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4497 4498 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4499 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4500 return false; 4501 4502 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4503 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4504 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4505 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4506 } 4507 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4508 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4509 // MRR. 4510 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4511 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4512 else 4513 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4514 return true; 4515} 4516 4517TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4518 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4519 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4520 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4521 SourceLocation(), 4522 SourceLocation(), 4523 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4524 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4525 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4526} 4527 4528// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4529// typedef <type> BOOL; 4530static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4531 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4532 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4533 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4534 4535 return false; 4536} 4537 4538/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4539/// purpose. 4540CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4541 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4542 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4543 4544 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4545 4546 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4547 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4548 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4549 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4550 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4551 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4552 return sz; 4553} 4554 4555static inline 4556std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4557 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4558} 4559 4560/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4561/// declaration. 4562std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4563 std::string S; 4564 4565 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4566 QualType BlockTy = 4567 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4568 // Encode result type. 4569 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4570 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4571 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4572 S, true /*Extended*/); 4573 else 4574 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4575 S); 4576 // Compute size of all parameters. 4577 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4578 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4579 SourceLocation Loc; 4580 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4581 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4582 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4583 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4584 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4585 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4586 if (sz.isZero()) 4587 continue; 4588 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4589 ParmOffset += sz; 4590 } 4591 // Size of the argument frame 4592 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4593 // Block pointer and offset. 4594 S += "@?0"; 4595 4596 // Argument types. 4597 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4598 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4599 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4600 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4601 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4602 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4603 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4604 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4605 // elements. 4606 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4607 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4608 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4609 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4610 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4611 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4612 S, true /*Extended*/); 4613 else 4614 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4615 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4616 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4617 } 4618 4619 return S; 4620} 4621 4622bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4623 std::string& S) { 4624 // Encode result type. 4625 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4626 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4627 // Compute size of all parameters. 4628 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4629 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4630 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4631 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4632 if (sz.isZero()) 4633 continue; 4634 4635 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4636 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4637 ParmOffset += sz; 4638 } 4639 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4640 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4641 4642 // Argument types. 4643 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4644 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4645 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4646 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4647 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4648 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4649 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4650 // elements. 4651 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4652 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4653 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4654 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4655 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4656 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4657 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4658 } 4659 4660 return false; 4661} 4662 4663/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4664/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4665/// block object types. 4666void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4667 QualType T, std::string& S, 4668 bool Extended) const { 4669 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4670 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4671 // Encode parameter type. 4672 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4673 true /*OutermostType*/, 4674 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4675 false /*StructField*/, 4676 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4677 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4678} 4679 4680/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4681/// declaration. 4682bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4683 std::string& S, 4684 bool Extended) const { 4685 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4686 // Encode return type. 4687 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4688 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4689 // Compute size of all parameters. 4690 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4691 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4692 SourceLocation Loc; 4693 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4694 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4695 // their size. 4696 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4697 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4698 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4699 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4700 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4701 if (sz.isZero()) 4702 continue; 4703 4704 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4705 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4706 ParmOffset += sz; 4707 } 4708 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4709 S += "@0:"; 4710 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4711 4712 // Argument types. 4713 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4714 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4715 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4716 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4717 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4718 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4719 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4720 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4721 // elements. 4722 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4723 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4724 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4725 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4726 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4727 PType, S, Extended); 4728 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4729 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4730 } 4731 4732 return false; 4733} 4734 4735/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4736/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4737/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4738/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4739/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4740/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4741/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4742/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4743/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4744/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4745/// @code 4746/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4747/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4748/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4749/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4750/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4751/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4752/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4753/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4754/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4755/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4756/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4757/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4758/// }; 4759/// @endcode 4760void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4761 const Decl *Container, 4762 std::string& S) const { 4763 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4764 bool Dynamic = false; 4765 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4766 4767 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4768 if (Container) { 4769 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4770 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4771 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4772 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4773 i != e; ++i) { 4774 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4775 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4776 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4777 Dynamic = true; 4778 } else { 4779 SynthesizePID = PID; 4780 } 4781 } 4782 } 4783 } else { 4784 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4785 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4786 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4787 i != e; ++i) { 4788 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4789 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4790 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4791 Dynamic = true; 4792 } else { 4793 SynthesizePID = PID; 4794 } 4795 } 4796 } 4797 } 4798 } 4799 4800 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4801 S = "T"; 4802 4803 // Encode result type. 4804 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4805 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4806 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4807 true /* outermost type */, 4808 true /* encoding for property */); 4809 4810 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4811 S += ",R"; 4812 } else { 4813 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4814 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4815 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4816 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4817 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4818 } 4819 } 4820 4821 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4822 // are "dynamic by default". 4823 if (Dynamic) 4824 S += ",D"; 4825 4826 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4827 S += ",N"; 4828 4829 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4830 S += ",G"; 4831 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4832 } 4833 4834 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4835 S += ",S"; 4836 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4837 } 4838 4839 if (SynthesizePID) { 4840 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4841 S += ",V"; 4842 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4843 } 4844 4845 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4846} 4847 4848/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4849/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4850/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4851/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4852/// 4853void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4854 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4855 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4856 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4857 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4858 else 4859 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4860 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4861 } 4862 } 4863} 4864 4865void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4866 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4867 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4868 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4869 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4870 // same type. 4871 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4872 true /* outermost type */); 4873} 4874 4875static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 4876 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 4877 switch (kind) { 4878 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4879 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4880 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4881 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4882 case BuiltinType::Char16: 4883 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4884 case BuiltinType::Char32: 4885 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4886 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4887 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4888 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4889 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4890 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4891 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4892 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4893 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4894 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4895 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4896 case BuiltinType::Long: 4897 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4898 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4899 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4900 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4901 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4902 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4903 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 4904 4905 case BuiltinType::Half: 4906 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 4907 return ' '; 4908 4909 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 4910 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 4911 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 4912 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 4913 4914 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 4915 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 4916 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 4917 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 4918 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 4919 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 4920 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 4921 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 4922 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 4923#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 4924#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 4925 case BuiltinType::KIND: 4926#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 4927 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 4928 } 4929 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 4930} 4931 4932static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4933 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4934 4935 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4936 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4937 return 'i'; 4938 4939 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4940 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 4941 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 4942} 4943 4944static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4945 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4946 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4947 S += 'b'; 4948 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4949 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4950 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4951 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4952 // 4953 // struct 4954 // { 4955 // int integer; 4956 // int flags:2; 4957 // }; 4958 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4959 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4960 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4961 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4962 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4963 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4964 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4965 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4966 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4967 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4968 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4969 else { 4970 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 4971 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 4972 } 4973 } 4974 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4975} 4976 4977// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4978void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4979 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4980 bool ExpandStructures, 4981 const FieldDecl *FD, 4982 bool OutermostType, 4983 bool EncodingProperty, 4984 bool StructField, 4985 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4986 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4987 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 4988 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 4989 case Type::Builtin: 4990 case Type::Enum: 4991 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4992 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4993 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 4994 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 4995 else 4996 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 4997 return; 4998 4999 case Type::Complex: { 5000 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5001 S += 'j'; 5002 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5003 false); 5004 return; 5005 } 5006 5007 case Type::Atomic: { 5008 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5009 S += 'A'; 5010 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5011 false, false); 5012 return; 5013 } 5014 5015 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5016 case Type::Pointer: 5017 case Type::LValueReference: 5018 case Type::RValueReference: { 5019 QualType PointeeTy; 5020 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5021 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5022 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5023 S += ':'; 5024 return; 5025 } 5026 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5027 } else { 5028 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5029 } 5030 5031 bool isReadOnly = false; 5032 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5033 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5034 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5035 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5036 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5037 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5038 isReadOnly = true; 5039 S += 'r'; 5040 } 5041 } else if (OutermostType) { 5042 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5043 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5044 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5045 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5046 isReadOnly = true; 5047 S += 'r'; 5048 } 5049 } 5050 if (isReadOnly) { 5051 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5052 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5053 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5054 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5055 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5056 } 5057 5058 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5059 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5060 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5061 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5062 S += '*'; 5063 return; 5064 } 5065 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5066 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5067 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5068 S += '#'; 5069 return; 5070 } 5071 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5072 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5073 S += '@'; 5074 return; 5075 } 5076 // fall through... 5077 } 5078 S += '^'; 5079 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5080 5081 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5082 NULL); 5083 return; 5084 } 5085 5086 case Type::ConstantArray: 5087 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5088 case Type::VariableArray: { 5089 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5090 5091 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5092 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5093 S += '^'; 5094 5095 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5096 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5097 } else { 5098 S += '['; 5099 5100 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5101 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5102 S += '0'; 5103 else 5104 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5105 } else { 5106 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5107 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5108 "Unknown array type!"); 5109 S += '0'; 5110 } 5111 5112 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5113 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5114 S += ']'; 5115 } 5116 return; 5117 } 5118 5119 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5120 case Type::FunctionProto: 5121 S += '?'; 5122 return; 5123 5124 case Type::Record: { 5125 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5126 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5127 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5128 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5129 S += II->getName(); 5130 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5131 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5132 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5133 std::string TemplateArgsStr 5134 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 5135 TemplateArgs.data(), 5136 TemplateArgs.size(), 5137 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5138 5139 S += TemplateArgsStr; 5140 } 5141 } else { 5142 S += '?'; 5143 } 5144 if (ExpandStructures) { 5145 S += '='; 5146 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5147 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5148 } else { 5149 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5150 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5151 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5152 if (FD) { 5153 S += '"'; 5154 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5155 S += '"'; 5156 } 5157 5158 // Special case bit-fields. 5159 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5160 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5161 *Field); 5162 } else { 5163 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5164 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5165 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5166 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5167 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5168 /*StructField*/true); 5169 } 5170 } 5171 } 5172 } 5173 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5174 return; 5175 } 5176 5177 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5178 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5179 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5180 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5181 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5182 5183 S += '<'; 5184 // Block return type 5185 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5186 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5187 FD, 5188 false /* OutermostType */, 5189 EncodingProperty, 5190 false /* StructField */, 5191 EncodeBlockParameters, 5192 EncodeClassNames); 5193 // Block self 5194 S += "@?"; 5195 // Block parameters 5196 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5197 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5198 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5199 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5200 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5201 ExpandStructures, 5202 FD, 5203 false /* OutermostType */, 5204 EncodingProperty, 5205 false /* StructField */, 5206 EncodeBlockParameters, 5207 EncodeClassNames); 5208 } 5209 } 5210 S += '>'; 5211 } 5212 return; 5213 } 5214 5215 case Type::ObjCObject: 5216 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5217 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5218 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5219 5220 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5221 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5222 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5223 // @encode(class_name) 5224 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5225 S += '{'; 5226 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5227 S += II->getName(); 5228 S += '='; 5229 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5230 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5231 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5232 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5233 if (Field->isBitField()) 5234 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5235 else 5236 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 5237 } 5238 S += '}'; 5239 return; 5240 } 5241 5242 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5243 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5244 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5245 S += '@'; 5246 return; 5247 } 5248 5249 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5250 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5251 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5252 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5253 S += '#'; 5254 return; 5255 } 5256 5257 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5258 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5259 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5260 ExpandStructures, FD); 5261 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5262 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5263 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5264 S += '"'; 5265 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5266 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5267 S += '<'; 5268 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5269 S += '>'; 5270 } 5271 S += '"'; 5272 } 5273 return; 5274 } 5275 5276 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5277 if (!EncodingProperty && 5278 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 5279 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5280 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5281 // {...}; 5282 S += '^'; 5283 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5284 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5285 NULL); 5286 return; 5287 } 5288 5289 S += '@'; 5290 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5291 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5292 S += '"'; 5293 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5294 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5295 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5296 S += '<'; 5297 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5298 S += '>'; 5299 } 5300 S += '"'; 5301 } 5302 return; 5303 } 5304 5305 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5306 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5307 case Type::MemberPointer: 5308 return; 5309 5310 case Type::Vector: 5311 case Type::ExtVector: 5312 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5313 // insufficient. 5314 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5315 return; 5316 5317#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5318#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5319#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5320 case Type::KIND: 5321#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5322 case Type::KIND: 5323#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5324 case Type::KIND: 5325#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5326 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5327 } 5328 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5329} 5330 5331void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5332 std::string &S, 5333 const FieldDecl *FD, 5334 bool includeVBases) const { 5335 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5336 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5337 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5338 return; 5339 5340 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5341 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5342 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5343 5344 if (CXXRec) { 5345 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5346 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5347 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5348 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5349 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5350 if (base->isEmpty()) 5351 continue; 5352 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5353 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5354 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5355 } 5356 } 5357 } 5358 5359 unsigned i = 0; 5360 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5361 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5362 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5363 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5364 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5365 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5366 } 5367 5368 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5369 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5370 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5371 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5372 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5373 if (base->isEmpty()) 5374 continue; 5375 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5376 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5377 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5378 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5379 } 5380 } 5381 5382 CharUnits size; 5383 if (CXXRec) { 5384 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5385 } else { 5386 size = layout.getSize(); 5387 } 5388 5389 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5390 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5391 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5392 5393 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5394 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5395 if (FD) { 5396 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5397 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5398 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5399 S += recname; 5400 S += '"'; 5401 } 5402 S += "^^?"; 5403 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5404 } 5405 5406 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5407 // Mark the end of the structure. 5408 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5409 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5410 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5411 } 5412 5413 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5414 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5415 5416 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5417 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5418 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5419 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5420 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5421 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5422 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5423 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5424 // longer then though. 5425 CurOffs += padding; 5426 } 5427 5428 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5429 if (dcl == 0) 5430 break; // reached end of structure. 5431 5432 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5433 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5434 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5435 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5436 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5437 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5438 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5439 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5440 } else { 5441 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5442 if (FD) { 5443 S += '"'; 5444 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5445 S += '"'; 5446 } 5447 5448 if (field->isBitField()) { 5449 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5450 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5451 } else { 5452 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5453 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5454 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5455 /*OutermostType*/false, 5456 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5457 /*StructField*/true); 5458 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5459 } 5460 } 5461 } 5462} 5463 5464void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5465 std::string& S) const { 5466 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5467 S += 'n'; 5468 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5469 S += 'N'; 5470 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5471 S += 'o'; 5472 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5473 S += 'O'; 5474 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5475 S += 'R'; 5476 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5477 S += 'V'; 5478} 5479 5480TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5481 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5482 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5483 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5484 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5485 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5486 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5487 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5488 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5489 } 5490 5491 return ObjCIdDecl; 5492} 5493 5494TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5495 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5496 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5497 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5498 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5499 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5500 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5501 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5502 } 5503 return ObjCSelDecl; 5504} 5505 5506TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5507 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5508 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5509 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5510 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5511 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5512 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5513 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5514 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5515 } 5516 5517 return ObjCClassDecl; 5518} 5519 5520ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5521 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5522 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5523 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5524 SourceLocation(), 5525 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5526 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5527 SourceLocation(), true); 5528 } 5529 5530 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5531} 5532 5533//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5534// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5535//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5536 5537static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5538 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5539 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5540 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5541 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5542 5543 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5544 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5545 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5546 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5547 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5548 TInfo); 5549 return VaListTypeDecl; 5550} 5551 5552static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5553 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5554 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5555 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5556 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5557 5558 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5559 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5560 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5561 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5562 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5563 TInfo); 5564 return VaListTypeDecl; 5565} 5566 5567static TypedefDecl * 5568CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5569 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5570 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5571 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5572 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5573 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5574 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5575 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5576 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5577 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5578 5579 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5580 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5581 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5582 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5583 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5584 } else { 5585 // struct __va_list 5586 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5587 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5588 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5589 } 5590 5591 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5592 5593 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5594 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5595 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5596 5597 // void *__stack; 5598 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5599 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5600 5601 // void *__gr_top; 5602 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5603 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5604 5605 // void *__vr_top; 5606 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5607 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5608 5609 // int __gr_offs; 5610 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5611 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5612 5613 // int __vr_offs; 5614 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5615 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5616 5617 // Create fields 5618 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5619 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5620 VaListTagDecl, 5621 SourceLocation(), 5622 SourceLocation(), 5623 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5624 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5625 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5626 /*Mutable=*/false, 5627 ICIS_NoInit); 5628 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5629 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5630 } 5631 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5632 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5633 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5634 5635 // } __builtin_va_list; 5636 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5637 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5638 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5639 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5640 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5641 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5642 5643 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5644} 5645 5646static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5647 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5648 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5649 5650 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5651 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5652 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5653 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5654 5655 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5656 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5657 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5658 5659 // unsigned char gpr; 5660 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5661 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5662 5663 // unsigned char fpr; 5664 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5665 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5666 5667 // unsigned short reserved; 5668 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5669 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5670 5671 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5672 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5673 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5674 5675 // void* reg_save_area; 5676 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5677 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5678 5679 // Create fields 5680 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5681 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5682 SourceLocation(), 5683 SourceLocation(), 5684 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5685 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5686 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5687 /*Mutable=*/false, 5688 ICIS_NoInit); 5689 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5690 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5691 } 5692 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5693 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5694 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5695 5696 // } __va_list_tag; 5697 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5698 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5699 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5700 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5701 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5702 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5703 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5704 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5705 5706 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5707 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5708 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5709 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5710 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5711 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5712 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5713 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5714 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5715 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5716 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5717 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5718 TInfo); 5719 5720 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5721} 5722 5723static TypedefDecl * 5724CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5725 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5726 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5727 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5728 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5729 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5730 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5731 5732 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5733 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5734 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5735 5736 // unsigned gp_offset; 5737 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5738 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5739 5740 // unsigned fp_offset; 5741 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5742 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5743 5744 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5745 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5746 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5747 5748 // void* reg_save_area; 5749 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5750 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5751 5752 // Create fields 5753 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5754 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5755 VaListTagDecl, 5756 SourceLocation(), 5757 SourceLocation(), 5758 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5759 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5760 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5761 /*Mutable=*/false, 5762 ICIS_NoInit); 5763 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5764 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5765 } 5766 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5767 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5768 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5769 5770 // } __va_list_tag; 5771 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5772 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5773 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5774 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5775 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5776 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5777 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5778 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5779 5780 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5781 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5782 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5783 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5784 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5785 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5786 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5787 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5788 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5789 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5790 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5791 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5792 TInfo); 5793 5794 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5795} 5796 5797static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5798 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5799 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5800 QualType IntArrayType 5801 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5802 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5803 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5804 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5805 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5806 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5807 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5808 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5809 5810 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5811} 5812 5813static TypedefDecl * 5814CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5815 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5816 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5817 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5818 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5819 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5820 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5821 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5822 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5823 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5824 5825 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5826 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5827 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5828 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5829 5830 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5831 5832 } else { 5833 // struct __va_list { 5834 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5835 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5836 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5837 } 5838 5839 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5840 5841 // void * __ap; 5842 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5843 VaListDecl, 5844 SourceLocation(), 5845 SourceLocation(), 5846 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5847 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5848 /*TInfo=*/0, 5849 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5850 /*Mutable=*/false, 5851 ICIS_NoInit); 5852 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5853 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5854 5855 // }; 5856 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5857 5858 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5859 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5860 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5861 5862 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5863 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5864 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5865 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5866 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5867 TInfo); 5868 5869 return VaListTypeDecl; 5870} 5871 5872static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5873 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5874 switch (Kind) { 5875 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5876 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5877 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5878 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5879 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5880 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5881 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5882 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5883 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5884 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5885 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5886 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5887 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 5888 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5889 } 5890 5891 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5892} 5893 5894TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5895 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5896 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5897 5898 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5899} 5900 5901QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5902 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5903 // declaration. 5904 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5905 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5906 5907 return VaListTagTy; 5908} 5909 5910void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5911 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5912 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5913 5914 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5915} 5916 5917/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5918/// lookup. 5919TemplateName 5920ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5921 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5922 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5923 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5924 5925 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5926 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5927 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5928 5929 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5930 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5931 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5932 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5933 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5934 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5935 *Storage++ = D; 5936 } 5937 5938 return TemplateName(OT); 5939} 5940 5941/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5942/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5943TemplateName 5944ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5945 bool TemplateKeyword, 5946 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5947 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5948 5949 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5950 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5951 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5952 5953 void *InsertPos = 0; 5954 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5955 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5956 if (!QTN) { 5957 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5958 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5959 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5960 } 5961 5962 return TemplateName(QTN); 5963} 5964 5965/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5966/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5967TemplateName 5968ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5969 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5970 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5971 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5972 5973 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5974 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5975 5976 void *InsertPos = 0; 5977 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5978 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5979 5980 if (QTN) 5981 return TemplateName(QTN); 5982 5983 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5984 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5985 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5986 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5987 } else { 5988 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5989 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5990 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5991 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5992 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5993 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5994 (void)CheckQTN; 5995 } 5996 5997 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5998 return TemplateName(QTN); 5999} 6000 6001/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6002/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6003TemplateName 6004ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6005 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6006 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6007 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6008 6009 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6010 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6011 6012 void *InsertPos = 0; 6013 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6014 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6015 6016 if (QTN) 6017 return TemplateName(QTN); 6018 6019 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6020 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6021 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6022 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6023 } else { 6024 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6025 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6026 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6027 6028 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6029 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6030 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6031 (void)CheckQTN; 6032 } 6033 6034 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6035 return TemplateName(QTN); 6036} 6037 6038TemplateName 6039ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6040 TemplateName replacement) const { 6041 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6042 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6043 6044 void *insertPos = 0; 6045 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6046 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6047 6048 if (!subst) { 6049 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6050 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6051 } 6052 6053 return TemplateName(subst); 6054} 6055 6056TemplateName 6057ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6058 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6059 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6060 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6061 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6062 6063 void *InsertPos = 0; 6064 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6065 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6066 6067 if (!Subst) { 6068 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6069 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6070 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6071 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6072 } 6073 6074 return TemplateName(Subst); 6075} 6076 6077/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6078/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6079/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6080CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6081 switch (Type) { 6082 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6083 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6084 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6085 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6086 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6087 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6088 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6089 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6090 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6091 } 6092 6093 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6094} 6095 6096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6097// Type Predicates. 6098//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6099 6100/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6101/// garbage collection attribute. 6102/// 6103Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6104 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6105 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6106 6107 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6108 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6109 6110 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6111 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6112 // as __strong. 6113 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6114 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6115 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6116 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6117 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6118 } else { 6119 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6120 // pointer. 6121#ifndef NDEBUG 6122 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6123 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6124 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6125 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6126#endif 6127 } 6128 return GCAttrs; 6129} 6130 6131//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6132// Type Compatibility Testing 6133//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6134 6135/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6136/// compatible. 6137static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6138 const VectorType *RHS) { 6139 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6140 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6141 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6142} 6143 6144bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6145 QualType SecondVec) { 6146 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6147 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6148 6149 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6150 return true; 6151 6152 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6153 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6154 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6155 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6156 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6157 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6158 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6159 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6160 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6161 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6162 return true; 6163 6164 return false; 6165} 6166 6167//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6168// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6170 6171/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6172/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6173bool 6174ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6175 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6176 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6177 return true; 6178 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6179 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6180 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6181 return true; 6182 return false; 6183} 6184 6185/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6186/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6187/// otherwise. 6188bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6189 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6190 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6191 return false; 6192} 6193 6194/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6195/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6196bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6197 QualType rhs) { 6198 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6199 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6200 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6201 6202 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6203 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6204 bool match = false; 6205 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6206 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6207 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6208 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6209 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6210 match = true; 6211 break; 6212 } 6213 } 6214 if (!match) 6215 return false; 6216 } 6217 return true; 6218} 6219 6220/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6221/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6222bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6223 bool compare) { 6224 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6225 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6226 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6227 return true; 6228 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6229 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6230 return true; 6231 6232 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6233 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6234 6235 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6236 6237 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6238 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6239 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6240 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6241 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6242 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6243 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6244 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6245 // through its super class and categories. 6246 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6247 return false; 6248 } 6249 } 6250 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6251 return true; 6252 } 6253 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6254 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6255 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6256 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6257 bool match = false; 6258 6259 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6260 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6261 // through its super class and categories. 6262 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6263 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6264 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6265 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6266 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6267 match = true; 6268 break; 6269 } 6270 } 6271 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6272 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6273 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6274 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6275 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6276 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6277 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6278 // through its super class and categories. 6279 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6280 match = true; 6281 break; 6282 } 6283 } 6284 } 6285 if (!match) 6286 return false; 6287 } 6288 6289 return true; 6290 } 6291 6292 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6293 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6294 6295 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6296 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6297 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6298 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6299 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6300 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6301 bool match = false; 6302 6303 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6304 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6305 // through its super class and categories. 6306 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6307 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6308 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6309 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6310 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6311 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6312 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6313 match = true; 6314 break; 6315 } 6316 } 6317 if (!match) 6318 return false; 6319 } 6320 6321 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6322 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6323 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6324 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6325 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6326 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6327 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6328 // assume that it is mismatch. 6329 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6330 return false; 6331 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6332 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6333 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6334 bool match = false; 6335 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6336 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6337 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6338 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6339 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6340 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6341 match = true; 6342 break; 6343 } 6344 } 6345 if (!match) 6346 return false; 6347 } 6348 } 6349 return true; 6350 } 6351 return false; 6352} 6353 6354/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6355/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6356/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6357/// 6358bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6359 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6360 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6361 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6362 6363 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6364 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6365 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6366 return true; 6367 6368 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6369 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6370 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6371 false); 6372 6373 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6374 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6375 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6376 6377 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6378 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6379 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6380 6381 return false; 6382} 6383 6384/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6385/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6386/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6387/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6388/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6389bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6390 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6391 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6392 bool BlockReturnType) { 6393 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6394 return true; 6395 6396 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6397 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6398 } 6399 6400 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6401 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6402 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6403 false); 6404 6405 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6406 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6407 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6408 if (LHS != RHS) { 6409 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6410 return BlockReturnType; 6411 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6412 return !BlockReturnType; 6413 } 6414 else 6415 return true; 6416 } 6417 return false; 6418} 6419 6420/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6421/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6422/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6423/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6424static 6425void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6426 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6427 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6428 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6429 6430 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6431 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6432 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6433 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6434 6435 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6436 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6437 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6438 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6439 else { 6440 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6441 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6442 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6443 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6444 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6445 } 6446 6447 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6448 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6449 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6450 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6451 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6452 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6453 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6454 } else { 6455 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6456 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6457 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6458 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6459 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6460 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6461 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6462 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6463 } 6464} 6465 6466/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6467/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6468/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6469/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6470QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6471 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6472 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6473 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6474 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6475 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6476 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6477 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6478 return QualType(); 6479 6480 do { 6481 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6482 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6483 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6484 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6485 6486 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6487 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6488 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6489 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6490 return Result; 6491 } 6492 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6493 6494 return QualType(); 6495} 6496 6497bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6498 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6499 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6500 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6501 6502 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6503 // the LHS. 6504 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6505 return false; 6506 6507 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6508 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6509 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6510 return true; 6511 6512 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6513 // more detailed analysis is required. 6514 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6515 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6516 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6517 // false otherwise. 6518 bool IsSuperClass = 6519 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6520 if (IsSuperClass) { 6521 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6522 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6523 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6524 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6525 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6526 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6527 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6528 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6529 return false; 6530 6531 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6532 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6533 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6534 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6535 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6536 6537 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6538 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6539 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6540 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6541 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6542 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6543 break; 6544 } 6545 } 6546 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6547 return false; 6548 } 6549 return true; 6550 } 6551 return false; 6552 } 6553 6554 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6555 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6556 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6557 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6558 6559 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6560 // are incompatible. 6561 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6562 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6563 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6564 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6565 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6566 break; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6570 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6571 return false; 6572 } 6573 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6574 return true; 6575} 6576 6577bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6578 // get the "pointed to" types 6579 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6580 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6581 6582 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6583 return false; 6584 6585 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6586 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6587} 6588 6589bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6590 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6591 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6592 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6593} 6594 6595/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6596/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6597/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6598/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6599bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6600 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6602 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6603 6604 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6605} 6606 6607bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6608 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6609} 6610 6611bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6612 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6613} 6614 6615/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6616/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6617/// QualType() 6618QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6619 bool OfBlockPointer, 6620 bool Unqualified) { 6621 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6622 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6623 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6624 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6625 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6626 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6627 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6628 if (!MT.isNull()) 6629 return MT; 6630 } 6631 } 6632 } 6633 6634 return QualType(); 6635} 6636 6637/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6638/// argument types 6639QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6640 bool OfBlockPointer, 6641 bool Unqualified) { 6642 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6643 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6644 // type is compatible with a union member 6645 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6646 Unqualified); 6647 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6648 return lmerge; 6649 6650 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6651 Unqualified); 6652 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6653 return rmerge; 6654 6655 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6656} 6657 6658QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6659 bool OfBlockPointer, 6660 bool Unqualified) { 6661 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6662 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6663 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6664 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6665 bool allLTypes = true; 6666 bool allRTypes = true; 6667 6668 // Check return type 6669 QualType retType; 6670 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6671 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6672 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6673 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6674 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6675 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6676 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6677 } 6678 else 6679 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6680 Unqualified); 6681 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6682 6683 if (Unqualified) 6684 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6685 6686 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6687 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6688 if (Unqualified) { 6689 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6690 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6691 } 6692 6693 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6694 allLTypes = false; 6695 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6696 allRTypes = false; 6697 6698 // FIXME: double check this 6699 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6700 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6701 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6702 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6703 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6704 6705 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6706 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6707 return QualType(); 6708 6709 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6710 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6711 return QualType(); 6712 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6713 return QualType(); 6714 6715 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6716 return QualType(); 6717 6718 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6719 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6720 6721 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6722 allLTypes = false; 6723 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6724 allRTypes = false; 6725 6726 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6727 6728 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6729 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6730 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6731 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6732 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6733 6734 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6735 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6736 return QualType(); 6737 6738 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6739 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6740 return QualType(); 6741 6742 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6743 return QualType(); 6744 6745 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6746 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6747 return QualType(); 6748 6749 // Check argument compatibility 6750 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6751 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6752 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6753 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6754 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6755 OfBlockPointer, 6756 Unqualified); 6757 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6758 6759 if (Unqualified) 6760 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6761 6762 types.push_back(argtype); 6763 if (Unqualified) { 6764 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6765 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6766 } 6767 6768 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6769 allLTypes = false; 6770 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6771 allRTypes = false; 6772 } 6773 6774 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6775 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6776 6777 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6778 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6779 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 6780 } 6781 6782 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6783 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6784 6785 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6786 if (proto) { 6787 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6788 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6789 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6790 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6791 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6792 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6793 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6794 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6795 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6796 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6797 6798 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6799 // to pass enum values. 6800 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6801 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6802 if (argTy.isNull()) 6803 return QualType(); 6804 } 6805 6806 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6807 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6808 return QualType(); 6809 } 6810 6811 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6812 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6813 6814 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6815 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6816 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 6817 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6818 } 6819 6820 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6821 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6822 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6823} 6824 6825QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6826 bool OfBlockPointer, 6827 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6828 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6829 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6830 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6831 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6832 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6833 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6834 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6835 6836 if (Unqualified) { 6837 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6838 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6839 } 6840 6841 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6842 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6843 6844 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6845 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6846 return LHS; 6847 6848 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6849 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6850 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6851 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6852 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6853 // mismatch. 6854 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6855 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6856 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6857 return QualType(); 6858 6859 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6860 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6861 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6862 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6863 // qualified __strong. 6864 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6865 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6866 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6867 6868 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6869 return QualType(); 6870 6871 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6872 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6873 } 6874 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6875 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6876 } 6877 return QualType(); 6878 } 6879 6880 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6881 6882 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6883 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6884 6885 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6886 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6887 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6888 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6889 6890 // Same as above for arrays 6891 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6892 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6893 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6894 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6895 6896 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6897 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6898 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6899 6900 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6901 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6902 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6903 6904 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6905 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6906 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6907 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6908 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6909 // type. 6910 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6911 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6912 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6913 return RHS; 6914 } 6915 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6916 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6917 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6918 return LHS; 6919 } 6920 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6921 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6922 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6923 return LHS; 6924 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6925 return RHS; 6926 } 6927 6928 return QualType(); 6929 } 6930 6931 // The canonical type classes match. 6932 switch (LHSClass) { 6933#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6934#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6935#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6936#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6937#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6938#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6939 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6940 6941 case Type::LValueReference: 6942 case Type::RValueReference: 6943 case Type::MemberPointer: 6944 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6945 6946 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6947 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6948 case Type::VariableArray: 6949 case Type::FunctionProto: 6950 case Type::ExtVector: 6951 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6952 6953 case Type::Pointer: 6954 { 6955 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6956 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6957 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6958 if (Unqualified) { 6959 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6960 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6961 } 6962 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6963 Unqualified); 6964 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6965 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6966 return LHS; 6967 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6968 return RHS; 6969 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6970 } 6971 case Type::BlockPointer: 6972 { 6973 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6974 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6975 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6976 if (Unqualified) { 6977 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6978 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6979 } 6980 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6981 Unqualified); 6982 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6983 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6984 return LHS; 6985 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6986 return RHS; 6987 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6988 } 6989 case Type::Atomic: 6990 { 6991 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6992 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6993 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6994 if (Unqualified) { 6995 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6996 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6997 } 6998 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6999 Unqualified); 7000 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7001 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7002 return LHS; 7003 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7004 return RHS; 7005 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7006 } 7007 case Type::ConstantArray: 7008 { 7009 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7010 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7011 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7012 return QualType(); 7013 7014 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7015 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7016 if (Unqualified) { 7017 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7018 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7019 } 7020 7021 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7022 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7023 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7024 return LHS; 7025 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7026 return RHS; 7027 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7028 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7029 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7030 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7031 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7032 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7033 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7034 return LHS; 7035 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7036 return RHS; 7037 if (LVAT) { 7038 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7039 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7040 // has to be different. 7041 return LHS; 7042 } 7043 if (RVAT) { 7044 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7045 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7046 // has to be different. 7047 return RHS; 7048 } 7049 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7050 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7051 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7052 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7053 } 7054 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7055 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7056 case Type::Record: 7057 case Type::Enum: 7058 return QualType(); 7059 case Type::Builtin: 7060 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7061 return QualType(); 7062 case Type::Complex: 7063 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7064 return QualType(); 7065 case Type::Vector: 7066 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7067 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7068 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7069 return LHS; 7070 return QualType(); 7071 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7072 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7073 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7074 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7075 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7076 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7077 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7078 return LHS; 7079 7080 return QualType(); 7081 } 7082 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7083 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7084 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7085 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7086 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7087 BlockReturnType)) 7088 return LHS; 7089 return QualType(); 7090 } 7091 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7092 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7093 return LHS; 7094 7095 return QualType(); 7096 } 7097 } 7098 7099 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7100} 7101 7102bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7103 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7104 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7105 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7106 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7107 return false; 7108 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7109 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7110 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7111 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7112 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7113 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7114 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7115 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7116 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7117 return false; 7118 } 7119 return true; 7120} 7121 7122/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7123/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7124/// return types. 7125QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7126 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7127 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7128 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7129 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7130 return LHS; 7131 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7132 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7133 return QualType(); 7134 QualType OldReturnType = 7135 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7136 QualType NewReturnType = 7137 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7138 QualType ResReturnType = 7139 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7140 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7141 return QualType(); 7142 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7143 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7144 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7145 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7146 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7147 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7148 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7149 QualType ResultType 7150 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7151 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 7152 return ResultType; 7153 } 7154 } 7155 return QualType(); 7156 } 7157 7158 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7159 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7160 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7161 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7162 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7163 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7164 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7165 return QualType(); 7166 7167 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7168 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7169 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7170 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7171 // qualified __strong. 7172 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7173 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7174 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7175 7176 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7177 return QualType(); 7178 7179 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7180 return LHS; 7181 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7182 return RHS; 7183 return QualType(); 7184 } 7185 7186 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7187 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7188 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7189 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7190 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7191 return LHS; 7192 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7193 return RHS; 7194 } 7195 return QualType(); 7196} 7197 7198//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7199// Integer Predicates 7200//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7201 7202unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7203 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7204 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7205 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7206 return 1; 7207 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7208 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7209} 7210 7211QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7212 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7213 7214 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7215 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7216 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7217 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7218 7219 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7220 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7221 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7222 7223 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7224 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7225 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7226 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7227 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7228 return UnsignedCharTy; 7229 case BuiltinType::Short: 7230 return UnsignedShortTy; 7231 case BuiltinType::Int: 7232 return UnsignedIntTy; 7233 case BuiltinType::Long: 7234 return UnsignedLongTy; 7235 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7236 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7237 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7238 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7239 default: 7240 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7241 } 7242} 7243 7244ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7245 7246 7247//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7248// Builtin Type Computation 7249//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7250 7251/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7252/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7253/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7254/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7255/// a vector of "i*". 7256/// 7257/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7258/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7259static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7260 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7261 bool &RequiresICE, 7262 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7263 // Modifiers. 7264 int HowLong = 0; 7265 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7266 RequiresICE = false; 7267 7268 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7269 bool Done = false; 7270 while (!Done) { 7271 switch (*Str++) { 7272 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7273 case 'I': 7274 RequiresICE = true; 7275 break; 7276 case 'S': 7277 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7278 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7279 Signed = true; 7280 break; 7281 case 'U': 7282 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7283 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7284 Unsigned = true; 7285 break; 7286 case 'L': 7287 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7288 ++HowLong; 7289 break; 7290 } 7291 } 7292 7293 QualType Type; 7294 7295 // Read the base type. 7296 switch (*Str++) { 7297 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7298 case 'v': 7299 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7300 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7301 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7302 break; 7303 case 'f': 7304 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7305 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7306 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7307 break; 7308 case 'd': 7309 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7310 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7311 if (HowLong) 7312 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7313 else 7314 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7315 break; 7316 case 's': 7317 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7318 if (Unsigned) 7319 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7320 else 7321 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7322 break; 7323 case 'i': 7324 if (HowLong == 3) 7325 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7326 else if (HowLong == 2) 7327 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7328 else if (HowLong == 1) 7329 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7330 else 7331 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7332 break; 7333 case 'c': 7334 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7335 if (Signed) 7336 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7337 else if (Unsigned) 7338 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7339 else 7340 Type = Context.CharTy; 7341 break; 7342 case 'b': // boolean 7343 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7344 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7345 break; 7346 case 'z': // size_t. 7347 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7348 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7349 break; 7350 case 'F': 7351 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7352 break; 7353 case 'G': 7354 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7355 break; 7356 case 'H': 7357 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7358 break; 7359 case 'M': 7360 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7361 break; 7362 case 'a': 7363 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7364 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7365 break; 7366 case 'A': 7367 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7368 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7369 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7370 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7371 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7372 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7373 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7374 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7375 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7376 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7377 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7378 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7379 else 7380 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7381 break; 7382 case 'V': { 7383 char *End; 7384 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7385 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7386 Str = End; 7387 7388 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7389 RequiresICE, false); 7390 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7391 7392 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7393 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7394 VectorType::GenericVector); 7395 break; 7396 } 7397 case 'E': { 7398 char *End; 7399 7400 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7401 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7402 7403 Str = End; 7404 7405 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7406 false); 7407 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7408 break; 7409 } 7410 case 'X': { 7411 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7412 false); 7413 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7414 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7415 break; 7416 } 7417 case 'Y' : { 7418 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7419 break; 7420 } 7421 case 'P': 7422 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7423 if (Type.isNull()) { 7424 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7425 return QualType(); 7426 } 7427 break; 7428 case 'J': 7429 if (Signed) 7430 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7431 else 7432 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7433 7434 if (Type.isNull()) { 7435 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7436 return QualType(); 7437 } 7438 break; 7439 case 'K': 7440 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7441 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7442 7443 if (Type.isNull()) { 7444 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7445 return QualType(); 7446 } 7447 break; 7448 case 'p': 7449 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7450 break; 7451 } 7452 7453 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7454 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7455 while (!Done) { 7456 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7457 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7458 case '*': 7459 case '&': { 7460 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7461 // qualified with an address space. 7462 char *End; 7463 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7464 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7465 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7466 Str = End; 7467 } 7468 if (c == '*') 7469 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7470 else 7471 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7472 break; 7473 } 7474 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7475 case 'C': 7476 Type = Type.withConst(); 7477 break; 7478 case 'D': 7479 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7480 break; 7481 case 'R': 7482 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7483 break; 7484 } 7485 } 7486 7487 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7488 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7489 7490 return Type; 7491} 7492 7493/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7494QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7495 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7496 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7497 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7498 7499 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7500 7501 bool RequiresICE = false; 7502 Error = GE_None; 7503 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7504 RequiresICE, true); 7505 if (Error != GE_None) 7506 return QualType(); 7507 7508 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7509 7510 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7511 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7512 if (Error != GE_None) 7513 return QualType(); 7514 7515 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7516 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7517 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7518 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7519 7520 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7521 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7522 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7523 7524 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7525 } 7526 7527 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7528 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7529 7530 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7531 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7532 7533 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7534 7535 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7536 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7537 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7538 7539 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7540 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7541 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7542 7543 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 7544} 7545 7546GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7547 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7548 7549 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7550 switch (L) { 7551 case NoLinkage: 7552 case InternalLinkage: 7553 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7554 return GVA_Internal; 7555 7556 case ExternalLinkage: 7557 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7558 case TSK_Undeclared: 7559 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7560 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7561 break; 7562 7563 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7564 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7565 7566 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7567 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7568 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7569 break; 7570 } 7571 } 7572 7573 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7574 return External; 7575 7576 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7577 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7578 // externally visible. 7579 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7580 return External; 7581 7582 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7583 return GVA_C99Inline; 7584 } 7585 7586 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7587 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7588 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7589 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7590 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7591 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7592 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7593 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7594 return GVA_C99Inline; 7595 7596 return GVA_CXXInline; 7597} 7598 7599GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7600 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7601 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7602 // template. 7603 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7604 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7605 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7606 7607 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7608 assert (!(L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7609 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)); 7610 7611 switch (L) { 7612 case NoLinkage: 7613 case InternalLinkage: 7614 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7615 return GVA_Internal; 7616 7617 case ExternalLinkage: 7618 switch (TSK) { 7619 case TSK_Undeclared: 7620 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7621 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7622 7623 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7624 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7625 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7626 7627 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7628 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7629 7630 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7631 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7636} 7637 7638bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7639 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7640 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7641 return false; 7642 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7643 return false; 7644 7645 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7646 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7647 return false; 7648 7649 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7650 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7651 return true; 7652 7653 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7654 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7655 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7656 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7657 7658 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7659 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7660 return true; 7661 7662 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7663 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7664 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7665 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7666 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7667 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7668 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7669 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7670 return true; 7671 } 7672 } 7673 } 7674 7675 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7676 7677 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7678 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7679 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7680 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7681 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7682 return false; 7683 return true; 7684 } 7685 7686 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7687 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7688 7689 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7690 return false; 7691 7692 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7693 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7694 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7695 return true; 7696 7697 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7698 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7699 return true; 7700 7701 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7702 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7703 return true; 7704 7705 return false; 7706} 7707 7708CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7709 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7710 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7711} 7712 7713CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7714 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7715 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7716 return CC_Default; 7717 return CC; 7718} 7719 7720bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7721 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7722 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7723} 7724 7725MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7726 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7727 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7728 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7729 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7730 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7731 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7732 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7733 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7734 } 7735 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7736} 7737 7738CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7739 7740size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7741 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7742 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7743 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7744 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7745 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7746 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7747 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7748 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7749 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7750 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7751 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7752 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7753 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7754 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7755} 7756 7757void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7758 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7759 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7760 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7761 return; 7762 7763 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7764 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7765 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7766} 7767 7768int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7769 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7770 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7771 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7772} 7773 7774unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7775 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7776 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7777 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7778} 7779 7780 7781void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7782 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7783} 7784 7785unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7786 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7787 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7788 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7789 return I->second; 7790} 7791